Docstoc

Domain Names - Domain Name Registration _ Free Domain Transfers

Document Sample
Domain Names - Domain Name Registration _ Free Domain Transfers Powered By Docstoc
					                                 Page 1




      Product Catalogue.

             2008.




    www.tabmaster.co.uk
Live machine demonstrations
        on the Internet.
       Tel: 01530 836 444
       Fax: 01530 836 384
 E-mail: sales@tabmasteruk.com
Page 2




                                                                   To Order Call: 01530 836444
                                                                      sales@tabmasteruk.com


                                    Table of Contents


PAGE 3—DELIVERY AND INFORMATION

PAGE 4—INTRODUCTION

PAGE 5 to 15—CUTTING EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 16—DUST EXTRACTION AND AIR FILTRATION

PAGE 17 to 31—JOINING EQUIPMENT, WEDGES AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 32 to 37—COMPRESSORS AND AIRLINE FITTING

PAGE 38 to 42—TAB GUNS, TABS, FLEXI POINTS AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 43 to 46—STAPLE, BRAD GUNS, STAPLES AND ACCESSORIES

PAGE 47 to 49—HANGER MACHINES AND TOGGLE PRESSES

PAGE 50 to 63—HOT PRESS—ENTIRE RANGE OF LAMINATING, HOT AND COLD MOUNTING

PAGE 64 to 71—MDF, MOUNTBOARD, SUBSTRATES, ULTIMO

PAGE 72 to 85—MOUNTCUTTERS, MAT, PANEL AND GLASS CUTTING

PAGE 86 to 91— GLUES, ADHESIVES AND GLUE MACHINES

PAGE 92 to 97—TAPE AND PACKAGING MATERIAL

PAGE 98 to 100—GLASS CLEANING AND OTHER CLEANING PRODUCTS

PAGE 101 to 112—HARDWARE—INCLUDING HINGES, HANGERS, RIVETS, SCREWS, D-RINGS, SCREW EYES ETC

PAGE113 to 115—WIRE AND CORD

PAGE116 to 120—ARTI-TEQ PROFESSIONAL PICTURE HANGING SYSTEM

PAGE 121 to 124—CANVAS STRETCHING, CANVAS, STRETCHER BAR

PAGE 124 to 125—FINE ART PRINTING/GICLEE VARNISH AND SPRAYS

PAGE 125—ONONE SOFTWARE—FRAMING AND PHOTOSHOP SOFTWARE TOOLS

PAGE 126– PRODUCT INDEX

PAGE 127—GILDERS PASTE


                                       Remember most of our
                                       machines come with full
                                        installation and on site
                                       training included in the
                                             price you pay !
                                                                                                                      Page 3




                                           Delivery and Information

                 Carriage Charges                                       Damages and Short Deliveries

                         Mainland UK.                                                     In the event of a claim.

Tabmaster’s policy is to bring you an efficient service,             In the event of any claim for any damage to goods or short
Therefore all of our products are despatched on a next day           deliveries you need to tell us within 3 days. Please let us know
delivery at a charge of £7.60 up to and including a weight of 20     by telephone straight away and if possible follow it up with
kg’s—which adequately covers the majority of things ordered.         and email to sales@tabmasteruk.com. Ideally we’d like to
Everything above this weight will be quoted at time of order and     know right away so we can chase this with our shipping
is based on weight. Larger items like machines and items more        company more effectively. Please let us know the date the
than around 100 kgs in weight will be around 3 days. Unlike          items were delivered and the items missing from the order and
other suppliers we do not have minimum order quantities, so          ideally the delivery note number. Please ensure that if you
order as little or as much as you like! All orders over £150.00,     notice the shortfall or damage at the time of delivery you make
purchased at our listed prices gives you free carriage. Discounted   this clear to the driver and make a note on any paperwork they
items usually carry a delivery charge, however please ask at point   give you.
of ordering.

Where requested we can send via normal post. This will always                              Your Order
be by recorded delivery. Please ask to be quoted up on ordering
items.
                                                                                                 Checklist
    Highlands, Northern Ireland and Republic of Ireland.             Please make sure that you give us your correct address and that
                                                                     when we delivery your premises is clearly signed or you have
We will always endeavour to get the products to you by the most
                                                                     made us known of the premises (eg green door). Please also
efficient and cost effective means. We will always quote on
                                                                     make sure that you have the means of accepting the delivery
delivery in these locations.
                                                                     and that you have the space available in your workshop to put
                                                                     the item. Please bear in mind for larger machines, your door-
                 EU and the rest of the World.                       frame size, power and air. Please ask us if you’re unsure
                                                                     though.
Our arms are far reaching and we will always endeavour to send
parcels by the most efficient and cost effective means.
Someti mes, however, we have found that your shippers are
cheaper. Please check with your costs to compare upon ordering.                          Terms of Sale

                        Payment                                                       Short summary of conditions

                                                                     This is not a full list. For a full copy of our terms and
                                                                     conditions please call us and we would be happy to provide
                            Payment
                                                                     you with a copy. Tabmaster assumes that when ordering you
                                                                     have read and accept all of our sale conditions
You can pay for the goods in a variety of different ways. We
accept all major credit cards and debit cards. You can pay by
                                                                     Tabmaster complies to all current UK law on items sold. This
bank transfer, cheque (please allow delivery time for cheque
                                                                     includes distance selling regulations.
clearance) and the ever favourite Pay-Pal!
                                                                     All goods sold in the UK are subject to 17.5% VAT. For all
You can also request at point of order to set up an account with
                                                                     other countries please ask for information on VAT.
us. Pay ment on account is at 30 days, however if extended terms
are requi red this can be done on request.
                                                                     All colours, descriptions, specifications, sizes, weights,
                                                                     temperatures, pictures and prices in this catalogue are for your
We also offer an attractive finance programme to help you along
                                                                     guidance only. Due to the ever changing market values and
with your larger purchases and in special cases we also allow post
                                                                     product alterations we get from suppliers Tabmaster reserves
dated monthly cheques.
                                                                     the right to change item information, imaging and price at
                                                                     anytime it sees fit. It is the customers responsibility at point of
Please bear in mind though that all goods remain the property of
                                                                     purchase to ensure that the information they have is of up to
Tabmaster Uk Ltd until the invoice has been paid in full.
                                                                     date quality and correct.
Page 4



             To Order Call: 01530 836444
                sales@tabmasteruk.com


                                            AN INTRODUCTION TO TABMASTER

                                            FINE ART INNOVATION WINNER 2004
                                            FINE ART INNOVATION FINALIST 2005

         Has it really been a year since the last Spring Fair? It seems like only yesterday that the snow was falling and the
         M6 was once again grid-locked!!!! It seems the time honoured tradition of Framers though to plough through
         adversity and keep a smiling face!!!! This year though again proves to be bigger and better than all other years and
         we are not holding back on our offer to you again. This catalogue is bigger and better than ever before. We’ve got
         the usual innovative, new and fresh products that everyone has come to expect from us (there’s alway s something
         that you haven’t see on the market before that we’ve have) and this year proves to be no exception. We’ve
         increased our range of consumables. We’ve added a whole plethora of suppliers to bring you what you want….a
         one stop shop for your framing needs.

         Of course there will always be something obscure or not the “run of the mill” product that you need that isn’t
         listed here. It may well be that its been added to our product range in the meantime, but if not, then just tell us.
         With the contacts we have we’ll be able to find it for you in no time.

         So here’s to the next year and may there be many more to follow!!!

         David McGrath

                                                   WELCOME TO THE TEAM

                                      Sales Enquiries—01530 836444. sales@tabmasteruk.com

                                   David McGrath—Managing Director—07968 971878
                                   david@tabmasteruk.com

                                   Tim Jones—Sales and Marketing Manager–07940 483982
                                   tim@tabmasteruk.com

                                   Ann Dutton—Internal Sales Enquiries—01530 836444
                                   ann@tabmasteruk .com

                                   Rona Walker—Financial Controller—01530 836444
                                   rona@tabmasteruk .com

                                   Eileen McGrath—Accounts and Payments—01530 836444
                                   eileen@tabmasteruk .com

                                   Jayne Grant—Accounts and Payments—01530 836444
                                   jayne@tabmasteruk .com

                                   Les Whymant– Machines and Servicing—07957 949777
                                   les@tabmasteruk.c om

                                   Sean McGrath—Machines and Servicing—07940 483987
                                   sean@tabmasteruk .com

                                   Andrew Tipper– Warehouse and Deliveries- 01530 836444
                                   Andrew@tabmasteruk.com

                                   Betsy McGrath— Product development and acquisition-
                                   01530 836444.
                                                                      Page 5




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




                    Cutting Equipment and Parts



                  From the hobbyist to the contract framer. Cutting
                            Equipment for your frames.
Page 6




                                           The Cassese Cutting Range


                                                                                   The Cassese CS999
   Spotlight                        The Cassese “Smart
                                          Stop”




                                                                      Cassese 999 Automatic Double Mitre Saw - High Speed
                                                                       Mouldings—Max width—83 mm, Max height—100 mm
                                                                       Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
                                                                       Features. Capable of 1000 cuts per hour. 14” blades..
        Power Supply—————————380 – 230 V triple phase or 220           Vertical cutting stroke. Moulded internal structure. Heavy
         V single phase connected directly to the double mitre saw.     base. Horizontal & vertical pneumatic clamping. 45 degree
        Measuring capacity—————–Outside Dimension :
                                                                        measuring scale. Minimum waste stop. Adjustable speed.
         Minimu m: 100 mm (3"9/10) - Maximum: 2040 mm (80"1/3)
                                                                        Adjustable blade height. 2 measuring stops. 1.5m support
        Inside dimens ion——————–From 0 mm to 100 mm
                                                                        arms. Auto dust extraction. Two rear dust extraction ports.
         (Depends on moulding's w idth)
                                                                        Built in air filter/regulator
                                                                       Optional Accessories include Extension measuring arms.
                                                                        Left hand moulding supports. Removable stops for shorter
 The Smart Stop from Cassese
                                                                        cuts and smart/quick stop systems
 As a Cassese user you will know that they pride themselves on
 perfection, accuracy and time saving. Step forward the Smart
                                                                      Price: £7348.00
 Stop. The time saving device fits all Cassese mac hines CS969—
                                                                      Order #: 02033
 CS999. Its main design and function is to save you money.
 Compared to all manual measuring systems the Smart stop sets
 itself up in seconds, stopping operators making mistakes and
 saving your moulding! Its user friendly touch screen and
 numeric stop (goes to the requested size automatically) are a
 must as an added benefit to your Cassese. “Don’t guess where to
 stop….Smart Stop!”

 Price: £6309.00
 Order #: 02031


               The Cassese CS55m




 Cassese CS55m—Manual Chopper/Guillotine
  Moulding—Max Width 100 mm Max height 140 mm
  Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/Contract Framer                         Barcode Scanner and Barcode scanner software.
  Features—Spring loaded rebate support system, Direct                Barcode scanner and barcode scanner software, for manag-
   measuring scale. Easy to read. Double width foot pedal.              ing your moulding profiles database, and hence giving an
   Tool –less front blade height adjustment. Quiet operation            unlimited memory to your machine
  Optional accessories include left hand support arms. 0.8m
   right hand extension arm                                           Price: £929.48
                                        Price: £1217.00               Order #: 02034/02035
                                        Order #: 02032
                                                                                                                   Page 7




                                            The Cassese Cutting Range


         The Cassese CS969                                                            Cassese Blades

                                                                                              CS939

                                                                   Blade s for the Cassese 939           Price: £142.00 Per Blade
                                                                    Genuine Cassese blades. Carbide     Order #: 02038


Cassese 969—Automatic Double Mitre Saw
 Moulding—Max width 160 mm max height 110 mm                                                 CS999
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Features—Triple or single phase. Horizontal cutting stroke. 4
  Pneumatic clamps. Automatic cutting stroke. 45 degree            Blade s for the Cassese 999           Price: £183.00 Per Blade
  measuring scale. No wastage. Internal cutting block support.      Genuine Cassese blades. Carbide     Order #: 02039
  1.5m support arms. No blocked chutes. Ducted extraction at
  blades. Synchronised switching on of dust extractor. Solid
  build. Cast concrete base.
 Optional accessories include measuring extension arms.
  Special clamps for aluminium and thin wooden mouldings.                                     CS969
  Removable stop for shorter cuts and Smart or Quick stop

 Price: £7147.00                                                   Blade s for the Cassese 969           Price: £183.00 Per Blade
 Order #: 02036                                                     Genuine Cassese blades. Carbide     Order #: 020310


         The Cassese CS960
                                                                                              CS960

                                                                   Blade s for the Cassese 960           Price: £183.00 Per Blade
                                                                    Genuine Cassese blades. Carbide     Order #: 020311



                                                                                            CS55M
 Cassese 960—Hand Operated Double Mitre Saw
  Moulding—Max Width 160 mm max height 110 mm
                                                                  Blade s for the Cassese CS55m         Price: £132.00
  Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
                                                                   Genuine Cassese blades.             Order #: 020312
  Available in triple or single phase. Horizontal cutting
   stroke. Foot operated pneumatic clamping. Hand operated
   cutting stroke. 45 degree measuring scale. No wastage.
   Internal cutting block support. 1.5m support arms. No               Cassese Quick Rebate Support
   blocked chutes. Ducted extraction at blades
  Optional accessories include right and left hand vertical
   clamps. Measuring extension arms. Clamps for aluminium                                                          Price: £196.00
   and thin wood mouldings. Removable stop for shorter cuts.                                                       Order #: 020313
   Synchronised switching on of dust extractor.

 Price: £4658.00                                                  “The Cassese Rebate Support”
 Order #: 02037                                                   Press and release under moulding is all that’s needed for a speedy
                                                                  rebate support. Fits MORSO, JYDEN and HANSEN Guillotines.
Page 8




                                    The Alfamacchine Cutting Range


                                    The Alfamacchine                                     Alfa T350
    Spotlight                            T300
                                   Automatic Mitre Saw




                                                                   Alfamacchine T350– Auto Double Mitre
                                                                    Moulding Max Width 80 mm, Max Height 80 mm
                                                                    Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
                                                                    Features—3 internal shafts for greater stability. Pneumatic
                                                                     valves to allow quick backstroke. Pneumatic blade descent.
                                                                     Vertical blade movement, blade moves horizontally . 4
                                                                     vertical and 2 horizontal clamps
                                                                    Optional Accessories include. Right hand extension table,
                                                                     retractile pneumatic stop and a mist cooling system for
                                                                     aluminium cuts.
 The Brand New Alfamacchine T300
 The automatic T-300 mitre saw from Alfamacchine has arisen        Price: £5785.59
 from the need to optimise your mouldings cutting cycle. At the    Order #: 01033
 same time the T300 offers the quality of cutting and high
 productivity of mouldings per hour that we have come to
 know, love and expect from Alfamacchine. High quality and                      Alfa T350A—Speed
 high productivity mean a massive 450/500 Mouldings per
 hour can be done on this workhorse of a machine.
 Price: £Ask for best Price
 Order #: 01031


           Alfa Blade Sharpening

  Blades on any machine, be it a Morso chopper, a Cassese mi-
  tre saw or an Alfamacchine mitre saw all have an effect on the
  quality of cut you get on your moulding. Poorly sharpened or
  adjusted blades can not only cost you, but can have a serious
  impact on the quality you offer to your customer. Any type of
                                                                   Alfamacchine T350A—Auto Double Mitre
  blade that you send over to us are professionally sharpened
                                                                    Moulding Max Width 80 mm. Max Height 80 mm
  using a special top of the range CNC machine. The service
                                                                    Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
  will Re-Sharpen your blades to the highest of standards, re-
                                                                    Features—Essentially the same as the T350 but with a fence
  move all blade chips and grind the surface as standard.
                                                                     which winds in and out for minimal mitre waste. The
                                                                     moulding is pushed back to the fence.
  PRICE PER BLADE
                                                                    Optional Accessories include. Right hand extension table,
                                                                     retractile pneumatic stop and a mist cooling system for
  £ 20.00 Code 31031
                                                                     aluminium cuts.
  Tabmaster standard delivery charges apply (Collection from
  our offices can be arranged)                                     Price: £6768.26
                                                                   Order #: 01034
                                                                                                                Page 9




                                     The Alfamacchine Cutting Range


                                                                                       Alfa Blades

                                      Price: £3542.98
                                      Order #: 01035                                  Alfa T350


                                                                  Blade s for the Alfamacchine T350    Price: £165.00 Per Blade
                                                                   Genuine Alfa Blades 350 x 30       Order #: 01037



                                      Price: £4984.81
                                                                                      Alfa T200
                                      Order #: 01036


                                                                  Blade s for the Alfamacchine T200    Price: £165.00 Per Blade
                                                                   Genuine Alfa Blades                Order #: 01038


                 Alfa T200M/P
                                                                                      Alfa T400
Alfamacchine T200M– Manual Double Mitre Saw
 Moulding Max Width 200 mm, Max Height 105 mm
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer                               Blade s for the Alfamacchine T400    Price: £165.00 Per Blade
 Features—The T200 Double mitre Saw has been designed to          Genuine Alfa Blades 400 x 30       Order #: 01039
  precisely cut mitres for picture, photo framing and
  woodworking applications such as windows, doors and
  furniture components. Its cutting capacity is outstanding: up
  to 200 mm mouldings with ease. 2 saw blades are fixed at 45                      Alfa Auto Gauge
  degree angles and horizontally move back and forth,
  controlled pneumatically with the T200P and manually with
  the T200M. During the cutting process the moulding will
  not move as it is held firmly to the work table by a self
  adjusting horizontal clamping system.

                                                                                                              Price: £5801.65
     Alfa Multi Clamping System                                                                               Order #: 010310




                                      Price: £695.00               Alfamacchine Auto Gauge
                                      Order #: 01032               Automatic Gauge for Alfamacchine T350 and T200 double
                                                                   mitre saws (Can be applied to other branded saws) Can
                                                                   memorise up to 1400 different profiles from the PC or the use
                                                                   of a bar code scanner. Once you have inserted the dimensions
                                                                   of the frame (internal or external dimensions), the system with
                                                                   automatically and instantaneously calculate the positioning of
Alfamacchine Multi Clamping System                                 the gauge. The pneumatic system equipped with an encoder
 Moulding Max Width mm, Max Height mm                             guaranteeing precision measuring. Rebate dimension 0-8 mm.
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer                                Base Dimension 5-100 mm. External Moulding Dimension
 Features— A New 6 grip clamping system from Alfa. Can be         135-1800 mm
  adopted to work on the T350 and T350A
Page 10




                                                  Harwi Cutting Range

      The Orca Vertical Panel Saw                                      The Piranha Vertical Panel Saw




 Hawi Orca Vertical Panel Saw
  Contract Framer                                                   Hawi Piranha Vertical Panel Saw
  Features— Designed for cutting both horizontally as well as        Contract Framer
   vertically and easy handling. Come as fully automatic or           Features— Designed for cutting both horizontally as well as
   Manual versions. Unique 2 support frame construction,               vertically and easy handling. Come as fully automatic or
   welded in one piece, hardly any installation time! Orca             Manual versions. Unique 2 support frame construction,
   available in models 1850 (x3300mm) and 2150 (x4300mm).              welded in one piece, hardly any installation time! Piranha
   Fast change over; the saw is easily manually rotated. With          available in models 1550 (x3300mm) and 1850 (x4300mm).
   variable depth of cut the saw is able to plunge into the            Fast change over; the saw is easily manually rotated. With
   material. Small work pieces; midway fences at working               variable depth of cut the saw is able to plunge into the
   height. Long life time ; in year after year of usage the robust     material. Small work pieces; midway fences at working
   one piece welded construction has amply proven itself in            height. Long life time ; in year after year of usage the robust
   practise. Operator friendly; clear scales in mm or inches with      one piece welded construction has amply proven itself in
   quick length stop. Guarded blade for increased safety. The          practise. Operator friendly; clear scales in mm or inches with
   loaded noise pressure on the work spot is 79db(a)                   quick length stop. Guarded blade for increased safety. The
  Optional accessories include scoring saw unit, moving               loaded noise pressure on the work spot is 79db(a)
   panel support, integrated dust extraction. Transport               Optional accessories include moving panel support,
   rollers (foot operated). Digital readout for horizontal cuts.       integrated dust extraction. Transport rollers (foot
                                                                       operated). Digital readout for horizontal cuts. Reiteration
                                                                       stop and a programming rail


                                                                      Piranha 1550 Manual                    Price: £9294.86
                                                                       3300mm Vertiacal panel saw           Order #: 33035


                                                                      Piranha 1850 Manual                    Price: £10608.97
                                                                       4300mm Vertiacal panel saw           Order #: 33036



 Orca 1850 Manual                       Price: £12115.38
                                                                          Builder Site Saw—Type HVS
  3300mm Vertiacal panel saw           Order #: 33031

                                                                                          Type HVS Builder site saw
 Orca 2150 Manual                       Price: £13173.07
  4300mm Vertical panel saw            Order #: 33032                                     Max Height 120mm
                                                                                           Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Orca 1850 Automatic                    Price: £21378.20                                   Features—With a revolving table top 90
  3300mm Vertiacal panel saw           Order #: 33033                                      degree. Suitable for compound angles,
                                                                                            for mitreing. Mitre cuts are performed by
                                                                     Price: £3044.86        means of height adjustment handle or
 Orca 2150 Automatic                    Price: £22435.88             Order #: 33037         with the robust fence. Motor 4HP
  4300mm Vertiacal panel saw           Order #: 33034
                                                                                                            Page 11




                                                Harwi Cutting Range

           Cross Cut Saw—625-H                                           Saw Bench– Type 130


                                  Price: £2288.46                                             Price: £3711.53
                                  Order #: 33038                                              Order #: 33039




Cross Cut Saw—Harwi 625-H                                     Saw Bench—Type 130
 Max Height 110 mm option for 135 mm                          Max Height 110 mm option for 135mm
 Who For– Craftsman/Contract Framer                           Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Ideal machine for cross cutting small panels, timber, MDF    An all round heavy duty industrial saw bench. Suitable for
  etc. Cross cutting very long pieces of material. Has a        heavy duty work within all branches of the woodworking
  standard 4hp motor with an option of 7.5hp                    and framing industry. Robust sliding table and comes with
                                                                standard 7.5 hp motor with option of 10hp


           Cross Cut Saw—625-U                                           Saw Bench– Type 180


                                                                                              Price: £6250.00
                               Price: £2711.53
                                                                                              Order #: 330311
                               Order #: 330310




Cross Cut Saw– Harwi 625-U                                    Saw Bench– Type 180
 Max Height—110mm option for 135mm                            Max Height 180 mm
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer                            Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 With its radial arm and tilting arbor suitable for cross     Heavy duty saw bench with a standard 10hp motor with an
  cutting materials at simple compound angles from 0-45         option for 15hp. Manual saw blade adjustment with an
  degrees. Standard 4 hp motor with an option of 7.5hp          electric adjustment option. Machine is also available with a
                                                                detachable cross cut sliding table


           Cross Cut Saw—625-K                                           Saw Bench– Type 210


                               Price: £4596.15                                               Price: £8500.00
                               Order #: 330312                                               Order #: 330313




Cross Cut Saw Harwi 625-K                                     Saw Bench– Type 210
 Max Width 900 mm—2500 mm                                     Max Height 210mm
 Who For—Contract Framer                                      Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Designed for use with production lines. The machine is       Very special saw bench for higher cuts which is little
  suitable for cutting materials with widths from 900 to        problem with its 15 hp motor. Electric angle adjustment
  2500mm                                                        and available with a detachable cross cut sliding table
Page 12




                                               Morso Cutting Range

                        Morso F                                           Morso Left-Hand Support




                                                                   Morso Left Hand Support

                                                                   A support that bolts onto the left-hand side of the Morso. Can
                                                                   support moulding up to the length of 800mm
 Morso F—Manually operated Chopper
  Moulding—Max width 100 mm Max height 160 mm                     Price: £57.50
  Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/Contract Framer                      Order #: 21033
  Features—Cuts double mitre at 45 degrees and single up to
   90. Leaves surfac e smooth and accurate. Sliding longitudinal
   stop measuring system. Twin return springs. No dust, no
   noise. Less than 1 mm waste for double mitre. Safety guard.
                                                                      Cassese Quick Rebate Support
   Waste chute. Adjustable fences and rebate support.
  Optional Accessories Include Adjustable second stop. Air Kit
   FH—Converting to semi auto, Extension Table, Knive set,
   Moulding Clamp, Rebate support, ruler, safety guard, waste
   chute

 Price: £1293.00
 Order #: 21031
                                                                   “The Cassese Rebate Support”
                                                                   Press and release under moulding is all that’s needed for a
                       Morso EH                                    speedy rebate support. Fits MORSO, JYDEN and HANSEN
                                                                   Guillotines. A very simple piece of kit that’s very reliable and
                                                                   user friendly. Forget the headac he of screwing on or
                                                                   unscrewing your rebate supports, that’s thanks to the patented
                                                                   supports you can now set your rebate support in a flash. All
                                                                   that’s needed to be done is to press and release underneath the
                                                                   mouldings rebate…..Si mple!



                                                                   Price: £196.00
                                                                   Order #: 020313
Morso EH—Automatic Chopper
 Moulding—Max width 100 mm Max height 180 mm
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Features—Electric/hydraulic. 2 button operation. No dust.
                                                                                      Morso Blades
  Adjustable fences. Waste chute. Sliding longitudinal stop
  measuring system. Twin return springs. With a cut as clean
                                                                                  Morso Standard            Price: £127.00
  as the Morso F with less of the leg work the Morso EH is a
  must when upgrading.                                                                                      Order #: 21034

Price: £5296.67                                                                   Morso Reversible          Price: £146.00
Order #: 21032                                                                                              Order #: 21035

                     Visit our Web-site
                    www.tabmaster.co.uk
                                                                                                                Page 13




                                                 Logan Cutting Range

           Logan F100-2 Pro Saw                                       Logan F200-1 Precision Sander

                                                                                       Logan F200-1 Precision Sander
                                                                                        Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
                                                                                        Features—The most important component
                                                                                         in the process of picture frame making.
                                                                                         The precision sander puts perfect 45
                                                                                         degree angles on the moulding mitres,
Logan F100-2 Pro Saw                                                                     ensuring perfect corners with no gaps.
 Moulding—Max width up to 2.5 inches                                                    Includes 10lb wheel. Additional settings to
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                                             make octagonal frames. Micro adjustment.
 Features—Measure and cut accurate, consistent mitres for                               Aluminium oxide sand paper with life
  professional quality picture frames. Multiple angle settings.                          extending bar. Sand up to 2.5” mouldings.
                                                                    Price: £103.50
  Easy to use Mitre scale. 2 fast action secure hold clamps..                            Dust removal bar
                                                                    Order #: 03033
  Precision guides for accurate cuts. Super fine 24 tpi saw blade
  included. 36” fence left and 18” length right. Also cuts metal.

Price: £120.75
Order #: 03031
                                                                                      Spare Blades

             Spare Sanding Disk
                                                                                                  F40 Saw Blade
Sanding Disk for the F200-1
 Logan Sanding Disk
                                        F38 Disk                    Blades for the Logan F100-2
                                                                     Logan F40 Saw Blade 24Tpi
                                                                                                             Price: £6.35
                                                                                                             Order #: 03034
Price: £6.35
Order #: 03032


                                                       Hansen Range

               Hansen Maxi 8100                                                      Hansen Range

                                                                                     Hansen Standard         Price: £98.58
                                                                                     Blade s                 Order #: 18032




Hansen Maxi 8100—Manual Chopper
 Moulding—Max width 100 mm Max Height 160 mm                                         Hansen Reversible      Price: £118.37
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/Contract Framer                                          Blade s                Order #: 18033
 Features—Cuts all kinds of wood and most plastics. Rebate
  support. Adjustable fences. Waste chute. Double return

Price: £1137.19
Order #: 18031
Page 14




                                                 Omga Cutting Range

   Omga T55 300 CE Single Mitre                                         Omga T50 350 CE Single Mitre


                                                                                                       Price: £1502.00
                                      Price: £674.00
                                                                                                       Order #: 34032
                                      Order #: 34031




Omga T55 300 CE Single Mitre Saw                                      Omga T50 350 CE Single Mitre Saw
 Moulding Max width at 90—135 mm at 45- 90 mm. Max                    Moulding Max width at 90—173 mm at 45—105 mm. Max
  Cutting height—100 mm                                                 Cutting height—110 mm
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                           Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
 Features—Rotating table with auto central locking at main            Features—Rotating table with auto central locking at main
  angles 45, 30, 22.5, 15, 10 and 0 degrees. Manual locking at          angles 45, 30, 22.5, 15, 10 and 0 degrees. Manual locking at
  intermediate angles. Belt transmission. Overload no volt              intermediate angles. Belt transmission. Overload no volt
  protection. Motor brake. Locking in rest position.                    protection. Motor brake. Locking in rest position.
 Optional accessories include Single phase and saw blades.            Optional accessories include Single phase and saw blades.
  Upgrade to SACA version see below.                                    Upgrade to SACA version see below.


Omga T55 300 SACA Single Mitre                                        Omga T50 350 SACA Single Mitre


                                 Price: £1810.00                                                      Price: £3084.00
                                 Order #: 34033                                                       Order #: 34034




Omga T55 300 SACA Single Mitre Saw                                    Omga T50 350 SACA Single Mitre Saw
 Moulding Max width at 90—135 mm at 45- 90 mm. Max                    Moulding Max width at 90—173mm at 45—105mm. Max
  Cutting height—100 mm                                                 Cutting height—110mm
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                           Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
 Features—Rotating table with auto central locking at main            Features—Rotating table with auto central locking at main
  angles 45, 30, 22.5, 15, 10 and 0 degrees. Manual locking at          angles 45, 30, 22.5, 15, 10 and 0 degrees. Manual locking at
  intermediate angles. Belt transmission. Overload no volt              intermediate angles. Belt transmission. Overload no volt
  protection. Motor brake. Locking in rest position. SACA               protection. Motor brake. Locking in rest position. SACA
  version includes Quick swivelling of the table. Dust collecting       version includes pneumatic quick swivelling of the table. Dust
  cabinet. Set of 1250 mm scaled tables. Set of supports for scaled     collecting cabinet. Set of 1250mm scaled tables. Set of supports
  tables. Set of 2 foot operated pneumatic clamps at 45 degrees.        for scaled tables. Set of 2 foot operated pneumatic clamps at 45
  Plexi stop at 45 degrees                                              degrees. Plexi stop at 45 Degrees
 Optional accessories include Single phase and saw blades             Optional accessories include Single phase and saw blades.


                                                         Omga Blades
            Blade s for T55                                                       Blade s for T50
             TCT Saw blades 300mm z=96                                            TCT saw blades 350mm z=84
                Price: £93.00                                                           Price: £97.00 Per Blade
                Order #: 34035                                                          Order #: 34036
                                                                                                                        Page 15




                                               Other Cutting Range

        The Charnwood Trimmer                                                The Charnwood Auto Sander

                                                                                                                       Price: £99.99
                            Price: £149.00
                                                                                                                       Order #: 04032
                            Order #: 04031



The Charnwood Trimmer                                                     The Charnwood Auto Sander
 Moulding Max width 150mm max height 100 mm                               Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
 Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                               Features—Heavy construction with a solid cast iron frame
 Features—The next step up from a hand mitre saw, the cast iron            and base. Ground aluminium tilting table and a 305 mm
  end trimmer is used after the rough mitre has been cut oversized          diameter balanced sanding plate. The table is completed by
  to create a perfect 45 degree angle. The fences have stops at 45          a sliding mitre fence adjustable 45 degrees each way. The
  and 90 degrees and can also be locked down at any other angle             yellow leaver on top is a spindle break used to stop the
  required.                                                                 sander quickly after use. Fine dust produced can be
 Optional accessories include a cutting length attachment £28.94           collected if connected to an appropriate extractor.
  + VAT and spare knives at £54.47 + VAT




                                               Inglet Cutting Range

                                                Inglet Cutters
                                                 This range of vertical saw cutters is designed to make easy work of MDF,
                                                  Hardboard, Acrylic, Rigid PVC’s, Aluminium composite Boards suc h as Dibond
                                                  and many other substrates— most up to 22 mm thick. As well as these materials,
                                                  with the pneumatic version, foam board and card stock can also be easily trimmed
                                                  down. This mac hine is available in four sizes , all of which use the same circular saw
                                                  design. The two smaller models (122 cm and 157 cm) have a manually operated
                                                  cutting head while the larger machines (224 cm and 305 cm) machines are
                                                  electrically operated. For unusual shaped items or when accurate tri mming is
                                                  required we recommend the optional laser cutter and for very large pieces of work
                                                  the optional extension arm may be needed. Dust collectors and Compressors are
                                                  essential for this great piece of kit (please see overleaf)


                  Manual
                                                      Code                              Size                               Price
                                                      19031                1220 mm (48”) Basic Machine                   £4495.00

                                                      19032          1220 mm (48”) Optional Pneumatic Cutter             £2495.00

                                                      19033                1570 mm (62”) Basic Machine                   £4995.00

                                                      19034          1570 mm (62”) Optional Pneumatic Cutter             £2795.00

                                                      19035                2440 mm (96”) Basic Machine                   £8495.00

                                                      19036          2440 mm (96”) Optional Pneumatic Cutter             £2995.00

                                                      19037               3050 mm (120”) Basic Machine                   £8995.00

                                                      19038          3050 mm (120”) Optional Pneumatic Cutter            £3295.00

                                                      19039                    Optional Laser Guide                       £795.00

                                                     190310              Optional 1m (120”) Extension Arm                 £295.00
                Pneumatic
Page 16



                                  Dust Extraction and Air Filtration

                  Dust Extraction                                                        Air Cleaner

                  Trade Dust Extraction Unit

                   Two large 2 micron collection bags and a
                    capability of running up to 3 machines at
                    one time.
                   Quality components means that this
                    extractor can run for long periods of time
                    without rest for the busy periods in framing.   Air Filtration/Cleaner—Remote Controlled
                   Bag has a collection capacity of 296L to
                    keep you working longer without a change         A workshop air filtration system which should ideally be used
Price: £827.43
Order #: 04041                                                        in conjunction with a dust extractor to provide a virtually
                                                                      dust free environment. The filter system is best used
                                                                      suspended from the ceiling in the centre of the workshop or
                  Dust Extraction                                     directly above the machinery producing the most dust. The
                                                                      fans gently and quietly pull the dust through the 2 stage filter
                                                                      removing up to 98% of all particles above 5 microns in size
                  Industrial Dust Extraction Unit                     and up to 85% of particles above 1 micron in size.
                                                                     The infrared remote control unit can be used to turn the
                   Steel fans turned by 3 phase motors,              filter on or off, select between 3 speeds and even start a
                    provide the airflow required to connect up        countdown timer
                    to 4 pieces of machinery around a large          To calculate the suitability of the unit for your workshop
                    workshop                                          measure the dimension of the room in meters and then
                   The 1800mm tall filter bags greatly increase      multiply to get cubic meters. The air should be filtered 6
                    the filters surface area resulting in high        times per hour which gives a maxi mum room size of around
                    flowrates.                                        a double garage.
Price: £1099.00                                                     Price: £229.99
Order #: 04042                                                      Order #: 04043


                                               Extraction Accessories

                   Flexible Hose 40                                                        Hose Clamp 50
                    40mm Diameter Flexi Hose                                               50mm Hose Clamp

                      Price: £6.00 per Meter                                                  Price: £1.00
                      Order #: 04044                                                          Order #: 04047

                   Flexible Hose 50                                                        Hose Clamp 100
                    50mm Diameter Flexi Hose                                               100mm Hose Clamp

                      Price: £7.00 per Meter                                                  Price: £2.00
                      Order #: 04045                                                          Order #: 04048


                   Flexible Hose 100                                                       Poly Bags Pack of 10
                    100mm Diameter Flexi Hose                                              Large dust Extraction Poly Bags
                     Price: £9.00 per meter                                                   Price: £20.00
                     Order #: 04046                                                           Order #: 04049
                                                                      Page 17




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




                    Joining Equipment and Parts



                  From the hobbyist to the contract framer. Joining
                            Equipment for your frames.
Page 18




                                          The Cassese Joining Range

                                  The New Cassese XL                The Cassese CS299XL/299M XL
      Spotlight                  Range of Underpinners




                                                                 Cassese CS299 XL and CS299M XL—Air Operated
                                                                  Moulding—Up to 150mm wide and 112 mm tall
                                                                  Who For—Intermediate—Craftsman/Contract Framer
                                                                  Features— CS299M—Wider joining capacities :190 mm stroke.
                                                                   Pneumatic double-stage pedal. Powerful rebate clamping system.
                                                                   Position brake button. No pressure adjustment required. Self
                                                                   adjusting back supports. Cassese wedges cartridge sy stem. Quick
                                                                   change top clamp. CS299 same as 299M without wedge brake.
                                                                   Has foot pedal clamps. Wedge shooting button
                                                                  Optional Accessories Include—Attachment for 6 sided frames.
                                                                   Attachment for 8 sided frames. Rotating Table and higher
   The Cassese XL Underpinner Range                                triangular bungs
   The new Cassese range of XL Underpinners replaces the
   previous Ultra range. Although it still features the same     Price: £2374.00                  Price: £2471.00
   famous Ultra Clamping system the XL range features a          Order #: 02051 (299XL)           Order #: 02052 (299MXL)
   number of additional benefits. Features include the Ultra
   powerful Double-action push and tighten rebate clamp, wider
   joining capacities with 190 mm stroke. New Adjustable
                                                                           The Cassese CS486 XL
   plunger. No pressure adjustment required when changing
   between soft and hard woods. Symmetrical moving of presser
   head and wedge shooting system and a new patented self-
   adjusting back support.


     Barcode Scanner and Software



                                                                 Cassese CS486 XL– Electo-Pneumatic Operated
                                                                  Moulding—Up to 150mm wide x 112 mm tall
                                                                  Who for— Craftsman/Contract Framer
                                                                  Features—Up to 2400 corners per hour (2 pos 1 wedge in each).
                                                                   Powerf ul rebate clamping system. Easily programmed. 5 wedge
                                                                   insert positions with 5 stacked per position. 2 stage pneumatic
   Barcode Scanner and Barcode scanner software.                   clamping pedal. Electronic control system. Wedge sensor for
    Barcode scanner and barcode scanner software, for             when wedges run out mid operation. No pressure adjustment.
     managing your moulding profiles database, and hence           Self adjusting back supports .
     giving an unlimited memory to your machine                   Optional Accessories Include—Barcode Scanner including
                                                                   Software. Rotating table. Attachments for 6 and 8 sided frames
   Price: £929.48
   Order #: 02034/02035                                          Price: £4318.00
                                                                 Order #: 02053
                                                                                                                 Page 19




                                          The Cassese Joining Range

         The Cassese CS3099 XL                                                  The Cassese CS79
                                                                                        Cassese CS79—Manually Operated
                                                                                        Moulding—Up to 80 mm wide and 80
                                                                                        mm tall
                                                                                        Who for—Hobbyist / Craftsman
                                                                                        Features—Free Standing. Can be used
                                                                                         from front or rear. Light Indicator to
                                                                                         show wedges fully inserted. Plunger
                                                                                         requires no adjustment. Multiple
                                                                                         wedge insertion. Foot operated. Solid
                                                                                         Construction. Angle adjustment on
                                                                                         fences. No change of parts requi red
Cassese CS3099 XL– Computer Operated
 Up to 150mm wide and 112 mm tall                               Price: £479.00          when changing between soft and
 Who for—Craftsman/ Contract Framer                             Order #: 02056          hardwood and when changing the
 Features—Memorised moulding. User friendly touch screen.                               wedge size.
  2400 corners per hour (2 pos 1 wedge in each) Fast set-up                             Optional Accessories Include—Picture
  time. 6 wedge positions with 9 stacked. Wider joining 190                              hanging kit (see below)
  mm stroke. 2-stage pneumatic clamping pedal. Electronic
  control system. Wedge sensor for when wedges run out mid
  operation. Self adjusting back supports. Cassese wedge
                                                                      CS79 Optional Hanging Kit
  cartridge sy stem.
 Optional Accessories include—Barcode scanning system and
  software. Rotating table. Attachment for joining 6 sided and
  8 sided frames

Price: £5356.00
Order #: 02054


      The Cassese CS4095 Ultra
                                                                 Cassese CS79 Hanger Fixing Kit
                                                                 Two machines in one!!! With the optional hanger kit, your
                                                                 CS79 can be instantly turned into a foot operated press to
                                                                 insert hangers on backboards or directly onto the moulding.

                                                                 Simply turn the FS to position 2 to fix the hangers. Replace the
                                                                 top presser with your choice of hanger presser. Place one
                                                                 hanger on the magnetic presser head and press the pedal until
                                                                 the hanger is fully inserted

Cassese CS4095 Ultra—Computer Operated                           To go from joiner to hanging machine at any given moment,
 Moulding—Up to 130 mm wide and 90 mm tall                      just turn the function selector to position 2 with a coin!
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Features—Memorised moulding. User Friendly. Different                         Price: £205.00
  size wedges in the same corner. 5 x more autonomy. Rebate                     Order #: 02091
  clamping system. Wedge sensor. 3 wedge insert positions
  and up to 9 wedges can be stacked. 2 stage clamping pedal.
  Electronic control system. No pressure adjustment
  required. Quick change top clamp.
 Optional Accessories Include—Barcode Scanner including
  Software. Rotating table. Attachments for 6 and 8 sided
  frames

 Price: £7915.00
 Order #: 02055
Page 20




                                     The CasseseJoining Range

          The Cassese CS85 Junior                                          The Cassese CS88

                     Cassese CS85 Junior—Air Operated
                      Moulding –
                      Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/                                                          Price: £776.00
                       Contract Framer                                                                      Order #: 020510
                      Features—Free standing. Angle
                       adjustment. No adjustment on the
                       plunger needed. No pressure
                       adjustment required. Table top— can
                       be hooked to any workbench and        Cassese CS88—Manually Operated
                       moved when finished.                   Moulding— Up to 95 mm wide and 85 mm tall
   Price: £649.00
                      Optional Accessories Include—Extra     Who For –Hobbyist/Craftsman
   Order #: 02057
                       and additional triangle and bungs      Features—Cassese wedge cartridge system. Adjustable
                       for soft and hard woods                 joining angle of the fences. Horizontal rebate clamps. Quick
                                                               Change top clamp. 2 Position stops. Unique triangular
                                                               design table. Mobile foot pedal with a unique cable drive
                The Cassese CS85                               and pulley system.
                                                              Optional Accessories Include—6 and 8 sided frame adaptor.
                                                               Extra and additional triangle and bungs for soft and hard
                                                               woods
                     Cassese CS85 Junior—Air Operated
                      Moulding –
                      Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman/               Cassese Underpinner Spares
                       Contract Framer
                      Features—Free standing. Angle
                       adjustment. No adjustment on the                 Cassese CS129                     Cassese CS118
                       plunger needed. No pressure                      White rubber                      Black rubber
                       adjustment required.                             triangle for soft wood            triangle (hard
                      Optional Accessories Include- Extra              (metal holder not                 wood). Holder
                                                             £5.72      included) -            £5.72      not included
                       and additional triangle and bungs
                                                             020511                            020512
                       for soft and hard woods
    Price: £703.00
                                                                       Cassese CS258                      Cassese CS259
    Order #: 02058                                                     Reversed white                     Reversed Black
                                                                       rubber triangle for                rubber triangle
                The Cassese CS89                             £10.00
                                                                       soft wood (metal
                                                                       holder not included) £10.00
                                                                                                          (hard wood).
                                                                                                          Holder not
                                                             020513                         020514        included
                     Cassese CS89—Air Operated
                      Moulding— Up to 95 mm wide and                  Cassese CS176                     Cassese CS166
                       85 mm tall                                      Yellow 30 mm bung                 Yellow 45 mm
                      Who For –Hobbyist/Craftsman                     for soft wood.                    bung for soft
                      Features—Cassese wedge cartridge                Holder not included               wood. Holder
                                                             £7.14                            £10.00     not included
                       system. Adjustable joining angle of
                                                             020515                           020516
                       the fences. Horizontal rebate
                       clamps. Quick Change top clamp.
                       2 Position stops. Unique triangular             Cassese CS177                      Cassese CS115
                                                                       Green 30 mm bung                   Green 45 mm
                       design table. Pneumatic double
                                                                       for hard wood.                     bung for hard
                       stage pedal. No pressure
                                                                       Holder not included                wood. Holder not
                       adjustment is required when           £7.14                            £10.00      included
                       changing between soft and             020517                           020518
                       hardwood.
   Price: £1119.00
                      Optional Accessories Include 6 and             Cassese CS75
   Order #: 02059                                                                                       Price: £7.15
                       8 sided frame adaptor. Extra and               Short hammer for all Cassese      Order #: 020519
                       additional triangle and bungs for              machines except CS276 and
                       soft and hard woods                            CS 810
                                                                                                                                        Page 21




                                                  The Cassese Joining Range
Cassese Cartridge, Un i and AL Wedges
Cassese Cartridge wedges have a special shape memory as they are made from a very special steel alloy. This way when the wedge spreads its wings inside
the moulding after firing it will try to pull itself back to its original position resulting in very tight moulding joins. All wedges (not 5 mm) are produced
with a corrugated “Power Strip” improving resistance. AL wedges are 11 mm wide and UNI wedges are 10.5 mm wide. Using the Cassese
shape memory and coated in silicone. Insert with the silicone strip on the top. Discounts are available when buying Outer/Carton

               Cassese Cartridge Wedges (6 Stick—1650 Wedges) Hard/Soft
     Type          Colour      Code       Price     Outer            Type         Colour       Code      Price     Outer
                                                                                                                                         FOR USE WITH
  3 mm Soft        Green      020520     £5.38       (38)         3 mm Hard        Green      020526     £5.38      (38)

  5 mm Soft       Orange      020521     £5.38       (38)         5 mm Hard       Orange      020527     £5.38      (38)                   CASSESE
                                                                                                                                         PRO TURNER
  7 mm Soft         Pink      020522     £6.35       (38)         7 mm Hard        Pink       020528     £6.35      (38)
                                                                                                                                           MACHINES
  10 mm Soft       L. Bl ue   020523     £6.68       (38)        10 mm Hard       L. Bl ue    020529     £6.68      (38)

  12 mm Soft      D. Bl ue    020524     £7.05       (38)        12 mm Hard       D. Bl ue    020530     £7.05      (38)

  15 mm Soft       White      020525     £7.80       (38)        15 mm Hard        White      020531     £7.80      (38)


            Cassese Cartridge Wedges (40 Stick—11,000 Wedges) Hard/Soft
     Type          Colour      Code       Price     Outer            Type         Colour       Code      Price     Outer
                                                                                                                                         FOR USE WITH
  3 mm Soft        Green      020532     £38.21      (6)          3 mm Hard        Green      020538     £38.21      (6)
                                                                                                                                           CASSESE
  5 mm Soft       Orange      020533     £34.38      (6)          5 mm Hard       Orange      020539     £34.38      (6)
                                                                                                                                         PRO TURNER
  7 mm Soft         Pink      020534     £37.85      (6)          7 mm Hard        Pink       020540     £37.85      (6)
                                                                                                                                           MACHINES
  10 mm Soft       L. Bl ue   020535     £41.96      (6)         10 mm Hard       L. Bl ue    020541     £41.96      (6)

  12 mm Soft      D. Bl ue    020536     £45.15      (6)         12 mm Hard       D. Bl ue    020542     £45.15      (6)

  15 mm Soft       White      020537     £49.90      (6)         15 mm Hard        White      020543     £49.90      (6)


                  Cassese “Masters” Wedges UNI Hard/Soft—8000 Wedges
     Type         Colour       Code       Price     Outer            Type         Colour       Code      Price     Outer                FOR USE WITH
                                                                                                                                          TAURUS,
                                                                                                                                        BREVETTI (with
                                                                                                                                        mod), EURO, F.
  5 mm Soft        White      020544     £12.37      (18)         5 mm Hard         Red       020549     £12.37     (18)                  CORNER,
                                                                                                                                         PISTORIUS,
  7 mm Soft        White      020545     £13.91      (14)         7 mm Hard         Red       020550     £13.91     (14)                  ORTIGUIL
  10 mm Soft       White      020546     £16.48      (10)        10 mm Hard         Red       020551     £16.48     (10)

  12 mm Soft       White      020547     £20.20      (19)        12 mm Hard         Red       020552     £20.20     (19)

  15 mm Soft       White      020548     £24.47      (7)         15 mm Hard         Red       020553     £24.47      (7)


                                  Cassese “Masters” Wedges A-L Hard/Soft
     Type          Colour      Code       Price     Outer            Type         Colour       Code      Price     Outer

                                                                                                                                         FOR USE WITH
  5 mm Soft         Grey      020554     £13.04      (38)         5 mm Hard        Bl ack     020559     £13.04     (38)
                                                                                                                                       ALFAMACCHINES
  7 mm Soft         Grey      020555     £14.65      (38)         7 mm Hard        Bl ack     020560     £14.65     (38)

  10 mm Soft        Grey      020556     £17.35      (38)        10 mm Hard        Bl ack     020561     £17.35     (38)

  12 mm Soft        Grey      020557     £12.26      (38)        12 mm Hard        Bl ack     020562     £12.26     (38)

  15 mm Soft        Grey      020558     £25.88      (38)        15 mm Hard        Bl ack     020563     £25.88     (38)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Page 22




                                           CS79         CS85          CS85jr          CS88         CS89         CS299XL        CS486XL        CS3099XL       CS4095 U


          Moul ding Height               mini 3mm     mini 3mm       mini 3mm      5mm -95mm    5mm-95mm       5mm-150mm      5mm-150mm      5mm-150mm      5mm-130mm
          Moul ding Width               7mm - 55mm   7mm - 55mm     7mm - 55mm     7mm - 85mm   7mm - 85mm     7mm-112mm      7mm-112mm      7mm-112mm      5mm-90mm
          Machine Length                  400mm        507mm          300mm          450mm        450mm          490mm          490mm          490mm          500mm
          Machine Width                   600mm        507mm          490mm          600mm        600mm          450mm          450mm          450mm          450mm
          Machine Hei ght                1030mm       1100mm          535mm         1095mm       1090mm         1130mm          1130mm         1130mm         1140mm
               Weight                      35kg         40kg           20kg           25kg         31kg           80kg           100kg          100kg          120kg
             Air Suppl y                              6 bar 3l pc    6 bar 3l pc                 6 bar 3l pc    7 bar 5l pc    7 bar 5l pc    7 bar 5l pc    7 bar 5l pc
           El ectric Suppl y                                                                                                  220 v/10 amp   220 v/10 amp   220 v/10 amp
      Uses Cartridge Wed ges               Yes           Yes            Yes           Yes           Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
          Cl amping System                                                            Yes           Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
     Doubl e Action Cl amping                                                                                      Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
      Angl e Adj ustment Screw             Yes           Yes            Yes           Yes           Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
      Join up to 150mm Wid e                                                                                       Yes            Yes            Yes
      Join up to 130mm Wid e                                                                                                                                    Yes
      No pressure Adj ustment                            Yes            Yes                         Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
   Top Cl amp moves with i nsert                                                                                   Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
      Adj ustabl e back support                                                       Yes           Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes            Yes
  Auto mo ve of insert Mechanism                                                                                                  Yes            Yes            Yes
    Empty Cartridge Detectio n                                                                                                    Yes            Yes            Yes
    Join up to 600 frames per hr                                                                                                  Yes            Yes            Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    The CasseseJoining Range




     Bar Code Scanner Op tion                                                                                                     Yes            Yes            Yes
  5 Positions up to 5 stack i n each                                                                                              Yes
  6 Positions up to 9 stack i n each                                                                                                             Yes
  3 Positions up to 9 stack i n each                                                                                                                            Yes
                                                                                                                                                                           Cassese Underpinner Comparrison Charts




      1500 moul ding memory                                                                                                                      Yes            Yes
           Barrell System                                                                                                                                       Yes
Join up to 350 frames with no rel oad                                                                                                                           Yes
       Mix wedge sizes to j oin                                                                                                                                 Yes
                                                                                                              Page 23




                                    The Alfamacchine Joining Range

                                      Alfamacchine                       The Alfa Minigraf 1M Super
   Spotlight                           Memory LS
                                                                                      Alfa 1M and 1M Super
                                                                                       Moulding—6 mm—80 mm wide or
                                                                                        height
                                                                                       Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
                                                                                       Features— Foot Operated. Quick
                                                                                        height and width adjustment.
                                                                                        Horizontal rebate clamp on 1m super
                                                                                        only. Multi wedge positions
                                                                                       Optional Accessories Include—Blocks
                                                                                        for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges. Support
                                                                                        Wings Adjustable tilting fence.
                                                                     Price: £518.00     Hexagon and Octagon fence
                                                                     Order #: 01053


                                                                               The Alfa Minigraf A3
The Alfamacchine Memory LS
                                                                                      Alfa Minigraf A3
The memory programme “long stroke” responds to the market                              Moulding—6 mm—70 mm wide and 6
needs of assembling wider mouldings. With the same reliability                          mm—80 mm height
and ease of use of the well known memory programme, this                               Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
machine has a 180 mm stroke. Use this fantastic machine for                            Features— Pneumatic frame clamping
frames with a minimum of 5 mm and maxi mum of 80 mm                                     and wedge insertion. Wedge position
thickness and a minimum width of 10mm and a maximum                                     set manually. Multi wedge positions
width of 120 mm. With its usual trademark Alfamacc hine                                Optional Accessories Include—Blocks
abilities this is a must for the craftsmen or the contract framers                      for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges.
alike.                                                                                  Adjustable tilting fence. Hexagon and
                                                                                        Octagon fence
Price: £5658.00
Order #: 01051
                                                                                      Price: £Now Discontinued
                                                                                      Order #: 01054

           The Alfa Minigraf 1M
                                                                               The Alfa Minigraf M3
                             Alfa 1M
                              Moulding—6 mm—80 mm wide                               Alfa Minigraf M3
                               or 6 mm—80 mm height                                    Moulding—6 mm—80 mm wide and 6
                              Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                               mm—80 mm height
                              Features— Foot Operated. Quick                          Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
                               height and width adjustment.                            Features— Alfas most popular model.
                               Horizontal rebate clamp                                  The framer sets the front and back
                               available. Multi wedge positions                         stop the frame is then moved across
                              Optional Accessories Include—                            the nail head and stacked or driven
                               Blocks for 3,4,5 and 12mm                                anywhere. Pneumatic wedge insertion
                               wedges. Support Wings                                   Optional Accessories Include—Blocks
                               Adjustable tilting fence.                                for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges. Floor
                               Hexagon and Octagon fence.                               Stand. Adjustable tilting fence.
                               Horizontal rebate clamp                                  Hexagon and Octagon fence. Working
                                                                                        bench extension. Air filter lubricator
                                                                     Price: £845.00
Price: £575.79                                                       Order #: 01055
Order #: 01052
Page 24




                                     The Alfamacchine Joining Range


               The Alfa Minigraf 4                                               The Alfa Minigraf 44
                           Alfa Minigraf 4                                                     Alfa Minigraf 44
                            Moulding—10mm-125 mm wide or                                       Moulding—10mm-120 mm wide or
                             6 mm-80 mm height                                                   5 mm-80 mm height
                            Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                         Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
                            Features— Precisely insert or stack                                Features— Supplied with tilting
                             into the same corner. 3 positional                                  floor stand. Can be operated from
                             stops. Pneumatic operation. 3 step                                  the front or back. One stage foot
                             pneumatic operation push once for                                   pedal. 2 mechanical stops. Fully
                             top pressure pad and a second time                                  pneumatic. Lever used for vertical
                             for the rebate clamp and a final                                    clamp. Multi wedge insertion.
                             time for firing.                                                   Optional Accessories Include—
                            Optional Accessories Include—                                       Blocks for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges.
                             Blocks for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges.                                   Double hydraulic clamp. Working
                             Double hydraulic clamp. Floor                                       bench extension, Fence for
                             stand, Working bench extension,                                     hexagons and Octagon frames.
                             Air Filter lubricator. Fence for
                             hexagons and Octagon frames.
  Price: £1613.51                                                    Price: £1773.09
  Order #: 01056                                                     Order #: 01057



                                     Alfa Minigraf M4E– Electronica

                                         Alfa Minigraf M4E—Electronica
                                          Moulding—5 mm—80 mm height. 10mm-80 mm width (100 mm version 125 mm stroke)
                                          Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framers
                                          Features— Heavy duty machine for a high production environment. Reinforced wedge
                                           driver plus heavy duty cylinders for extended periods of production with very little need
                                           for maintenance. Fast and equipped with its own computer which electronically controls
                                           where the wedges are stacked in up to 3 positions per corner. Can also work manually
                                           excluding the computer. Complete with floor stand and separate pedals for electronic and
                                           pneumatic controls
                                          Optional Accessories Include—Blocks for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges. Double hydraulic
                                           clamp. Working bench extension, Fence for hexagons and Octagon frames.




                                                      Comes in the following versions

                                          Two positions machine 80 mm stroke
                                          Three positions mac hine 80 mm stroke
                                          Three positions mac hine 125 mm stroke
                                          Three positions mac hine 125 mm stroke at two levels
                                           (for moulding shaped in the back side) - Information
                                           available upon request




          Price: £Now                Price: £Now                     Price: £3096.00              Price: £TBA
          Discontinued               Discontinued                    Order #: 010510              Order #: 010511
          Order #: 01058             Order #: 01059                  Type: 3 pos 125 mm           Type: 3 pos 125 mm (2)
                                                                                                 Page 25




             The Alfamacchine Joining Range

       Alfa Minigraf M4MP—Memory Program

       Alfa Minigraf M4MP—Memory Program
        Moulding—5 mm-80 mm Height 10mm-100 mm Width
        Who For—Contract Framers
        Features— Designed for production shops which need to change over frequently, the memory
         program technology is state of the art allowing profile data for up to 4000 frames to be entered or
         downloaded from a PC. Once the info is stored the operator simply brings up the next frame to be
         produced or scans it with an optional barcode scanner. This machine will automatically adjust and
         production can be resumed immediately. Wedges can be driven or stacked in up to 10 positions per
         corner. This machine is lightening fast and drives into all types of wood, plastic or MDF
        Optional Accessories Include—Blocks for 3,4,5 and 12mm wedges. Working bench extension, Fence
         for hexagons and Octagon frames. Memory Expansion allowing 3000 more working profiles of frame


                                                Comes in the following versions
       Price: £4345.52
       Order #: 010512
                                   The Memory LS (Long Stroke 125 mm Stroke) - See
                                    Page 23 for a full description (Price—£5658.00)


              Alfa Minigraf MP—Multi Channel

       Alfa Minigraf MP– Multi Channel
        Moulding—5 mm-80 mm Height 10mm-100 mm Width
        Who For—Contract Framers
        Features— The Alfamacchine Minigraf MP Multi-channel is the evolution from the standard memory
         programme machine shown above. It has the same ease of use and precision of assembly. The multi-
         channel, however has 5 different wedge magazines containing wedges of different heights, 5mm, 7mm,
         10mm, 12mm and 15mm. In the same working cycle, the operator can insert and/or stack different
         wedge heights into different positions. This “state of the art” technology allows you to store up to 1400
         different programs and can also be downloaded to the machine using a PC or a Laptop. Once the
         information is stored, the operator then selects the next frame to be used either by using the keypad or
         the optional barcode scanner. The machine will automatically adjust itself so that the production can
         resume immediately. The Multi channel does not have an equal in terms of ease of use, programming
         or rapid assembly of your products. It only takes 2 seconds to insert 2 wedges in 2 different positions at
         a distance of 3 cm’s between the 2 positions.
        Optional Accessories Include—Working bench extension, Fence for hexagons and Octagon frames.

       Price: £6140.00
       Order #: 010513


Alfa Power Clamp                                        Alfa Tilting Floor Stand
             Alfa Power Clamp.                                                     Alfa Floor Stand
             Helps to bring moulding                                               Tilting floor stand. Fits
             together in a more                                                    Mini 3 and 4
             efficient way and making
             even tighter corner


                                                                                     Price: £171.40
                 Price: £89.00                                                       Order #: 010515
                 Order #: 010514
                 Type: Saws and
Page 26



                                       The Alfamacchine Joining Range
Alfamacchine Minigraf Wedges
Alfamacchine new improved pulling power “Power Twist” wedges have been designed to improve the quality of the mitre joint. The
Power Twist wedges have been designed to pull the joint tightly together giving the join a greater strength. The very high quality steel
along with the special silicone is lubricated for smoother penetration. Discounts are available when buying Outer/Carton amounts.
This is usually 10%, however depends on amount purchased. The more you buy, the more you save!

                Alfamacchine Minigraf Wedges (PTM/TAL) Soft/Hard

 Type & Qty      Colour      Code      Price    Outer                                  Type         Colour      Code      Price    Outer
  5 mm Soft      White     010517      £10.36      (20)                             5 mm Hard       Brown     010522     £10.36     (20)
    5000         Square                                                                5000         Square
  7 mm Soft      White     010518      £7.15       (20)                             7 mm Hard       Brown     010523     £7.15      (20)
    4000         Square                                                                4000         Square
 10 mm Soft      White     010519      £5.40       (20)                             10 mm Hard      Brown     010524     £5.40      (20)
    3000         Square                                    FOR USE WITH                3000         Square
 12 mm Soft      White     010520      £6.58       (20)                             12 mm Hard      Brown     010525     £6.58      (20)
    3000         Square                                    ALFAMACCHINE                3000         Square
                                                             MINIGRAF
 15 mm Soft      White     010521      £4.45       (20)      MACHINES               15 mm Hard      Brown     010526     £4.45      (20)
    2000         Square                                                                2000         Square

                Alfamacchine Minigraf Wedges (PTM/TAL) Reinforced

    Type & Qty             Colour           Code           Price            Outer
                                                                                                                       FOR USE WITH
  5 mm Reinforced         Red Square       010527         £11.16             (20)
                                                                                                                     ALFAMACCHINE
  7 mm Reinforced         Red Square       010528          £7.20             (20)                                      MINIGRAF
       3600                                                                                                            MACHINES

 10 mm Reinforced         Red Square       010529          £5.40             (20)
      2700
12 mm Reinformced         Red Square       010530          £6.52             (20)
      2700
 15 mm Reinforced         Red Square       010531          £4.45             (20)
      1800


               Alfamacchine Minigraf Wedges (PTU/TUNI) Soft/Hard
 Type & Qty      Colour      Code      Price    Outer                               Type & Qty      Colour      Code      Price    Outer
  5 mm Soft      White     010532      £10.38      (20)                              5 mm Hard       Brown     010537     £10.38     (20)
    5000         Square                                                                 5000         Square
  7 mm Soft      White     010533      £7.15       (20)                              7 mm Hard       Brown     010538     £7.15      (20)
    4000         Square                                     FOR USE WITH                4000         Square
 10 mm Soft      White     010534      £5.40       (20)    BREVETTI, EURO.          10 mm Hard       Brown     010539     £5.40      (20)
    3000         Square                                    F.CORNER,JOYCE,             3000          Square
 12 mm Soft      White     010535      £6.58       (20)       OMGA, PRO             12 mm Hard       Brown     010540     £6.58      (20)
    3000         Square                                        TURNER,                 3000          Square
                                                           PISTORIUS(WITH
 15 mm Soft      White     010536      £4.45       (20)       HAMMER),              15 mm Hard       Brown     010541     £4.45      (20)
    2000         Square                                        ORTIGUIL                2000          Square
                                        1M       1M Super       A3            M3           M4           M44         M4E(LS)      M4MP        MP Mul ti



        Moul ding Height              6mm-80mm   6mm-80mm   6mm-80mm       6mm-80mm     6mm-80mm     5mm-80mm     5mm-80mm     5mm-80mm     5mm-80mm

        Moul ding Width               6mm-80mm   6mm-80mm   6mm-70mm       6mm-80mm     10mm-80mm    10mm-120mm   10mm-100mm   10mm-100mm   10mm-100mm

         Machine Length                400mm      400mm      435mm          480mm        350mm         600mm        600mm        770mm        770mm

         Machine Width                 500mm      500mm      330mm          300mm        550mm         520mm        750mm        770mm        770mm

         Machine Hei ght               1210mm     1210mm     300mm          300mm        320mm        1250mm       1350mm       1500mm       1500mm

              Weight                    50kg       50kg        28kg          32kg          36kg         80kg         100kg        115kg        115kg

        Air Consumptio n                                    5bar 3.5l ni   5bar 3.5ni    5 bar 4ni    5 bar 4ni    5 bar 4ni    5 bar 4ni    5 bar 4ni

          El ectric Suppl y                                                                                          220 v        220 v        220 v

    Al fa Power twist Wedges            Yes        Yes          Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes

          Foot Oper ated                Yes        Yes

    Mul tipl e Wedge Positions          Yes        Yes                                                  Yes

    Horizontal Rebate Cl amp                       Yes          Yes           Yes          Yes                        Yes          Yes          Yes

Wedges Pneumatic al l y Controll ed                             Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes

     3 Positions Per Corner                                                                Yes                        Yes

Pneumati c Ped al Wedge insertion                                             Yes          Yes          Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes

    Suited for Larger Frames                                                                            Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes

      Fl oor Stand Suppl ied                                                                            Yes           Yes          Yes          Yes

    Heavy Du ty Air Cyl inders                                                                                        Yes          Yes          Yes
                                                                                                                                                         The Alfamacchine Joining Range




      Computer Control l ed                                                                                           Yes          Yes          Yes

    Designed for Produc tion                                                                                          Yes          Yes          Yes

      4000 Profil e memory                                                                                                         Yes

           10 Positions                                                                                                            Yes

        5 Nail Magazines                                                                                                                        Yes

     Can Store 1400 Profil es                                                                                                                   Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 27
Page 28




                                                FrameCo Joining Range

            FrameCo PushMaster Kit                                               FrameCo BenchMaster I


                                                                                                              Price: £109.00
                                            Price: £39.30                                                     Order #: 05052
                                            Order #: 05051




    FrameCo PushMaster Kit                                               FrameCo BenchMaster I—Joiner Only
     Who For—Hobbyist                                                    Who For—Hobbyist
     Features—PushMaster frame joiner is the worlds best known           Features—BenchMaster I Joiner is to be used with your
      DIY frame joiner. It inserts all sizes of wedges into the corner     existing PushMaster tool. Upgrade your Pushmaster hand
      of any picture frame. Also doubles as a fitting tool by              tool by adding it to the BenchMaster Kit—Makes Joining
      inserting flexi points or backing nails to hold the picture in       easier!
      the frame. The ideal start- up kit for the DIY framer. Includes
      400 wedges (makes 50 frames), and a start-up pack of flexi
      points, backing nails and screw eyes.                                     FrameCo BenchMaster II
                    FrameCo Wedges
                                                                                                              Price: £145.00
                                                                                                              Order #: 050511



 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99
 7mm Wedges for softwood pack of 400            Order #: 05053
                                                                         FrameCo BenchMaster II
                                                                          Who For—Hobbyist
 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99              Features—BenchMaster II Joiner (Complete with PushMaster)
 7mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 400            Order #: 05054             is the ultimate frame joiner for the serious home framer,
                                                                           photographer or artist making frames as a hobby or small
                                                                           business
 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99
 10mm Wedges for softwood pack of 400           Order #: 05055
                                                                              FrameCo BenchMaster Base
 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99
 10mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200           Order #: 05056


 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99                                                  Price: £14.00
 12mm Wedges for softwood pack of 200           Order #: 05057                                                Order #: 050512

 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99
 12mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200           Order #: 05058


 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99             FrameCo BenchMaster Base Plate Clamp
 15mm Wedges for softwood pack of 200           Order #: 05059            Who For—Hobbyist
                                                                          Features—The base plate clamp holds the frame corner firmly
                                                                           when joining. Attaches to the base of the BenchMaster.
 FrameCo Wedges                                 Price: £4.99               BenchMaster, strap clamp and frame shown is not included
 15mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200           Order #: 050510
                                                                                                   Page 29




                                  FrameCo Joining Range

  FrameCo Strap Clamp 5m-16’                                    FrameCo Corner Clamp I
                    FrameCo 5m—16’ Strap Clamp
                     Moulding—Holds frames up to                             FrameCo Corner Clamp I
                      1.25 x 1.25M Square                                      Moulding—Holds frames up to
                     Who For—Hobbyist                                          76.2mm
                     Features—The metal strap                                 Who For—Hobbyist
                      enables you to achieve a                                 Features—Suitable for larger
                      maxi mum hold but doesn’t                                 mouldings, complex shapes or
                      damage the corners of the                                 repairs to old frames. Clamps one
 Price: £42.30        moulding due to the flexi corner                          corner at a time. Unique front
 Order #: 050513      pieces. Includes corner wings. 4                          jaw which forces the joint
                      corner clamping. Metal for                                together on clamping
                      strength. Folds easy into holder.
                      Lays flat
                                                                                   Price: £42.75
                                                                                   Order #: 050514



  FrameCo Strap Clamp 9m-29’                                   FrameCo Corner Clamp II

                    FrameCo 9m-29’ Strap Clamp                                FrameCo Corner Clamp II
                     Moulding—Holds frames up to                              Moulding—Holds frames from
                      2.25m Square or around the size                           50.8mm to 152.4mm
                      of a door frame!!!!                                      Who For—Hobbyist
                     Who For—Hobbyist                                         Features—Suitable for larger
                     Features—The metal strap                                  mouldings, complex shapes or
                      enables you to achieve a                                  repairs to old frames. Clamps
                      maxi mum hold but doesn’t                                 one corner at a time. Unique
                      damage the corners of the                                 front jaw which forces the joint
  Price: £55.00       moulding due to the flexi corner                          together on clamping
  Order #: 050515     pieces. Includes corner wings. 4
                      corner clamping. Metal for
                      strength. Folds easy into holder.
                                                                                     Price: £77.00
                      Lays flat
                                                                                     Order #: 050516


                                                            FrameCo Corner Wing Set x 4
        FrameCo Cord Clamp
                                                                            FrameCo Corner Wing Set x 4

                     FrameCo Cord Clamp                                      Who For—Hobbyist
                      Moulding—Holds frames up to                           Features— Replacement set of four
                       40 x 60 cm                                             FrameCo plastic corners for strap
                      Who For—Hobbyist                                       and cord clamps. FrameCo’s
                      Features— Economical and                               exclusive “wings” on the corner
                       ideal for the home framer or                           pieces locks into each corner piece.
                       beginner. Claps 4 corners at       Price: £5.00
                                                          Order #: 050518     This prevents any lateral movement.
                       one time. Features exclusive                           Great for narrow or smaller frame
Price: £7.60           corner wings. Used in                                  mouldings
Order #: 050517        conjunction with a glued
                       corner. Ideal clamp for the
                       beginner
Page 30




                                                  Logan Joining Range

          Logan F300-1 Studio Joiner                                    Logan F49 Studio Joiner Clamp

                          Logan F300-1 Studio Joiner
                           Moulding—Max width up to 63.5 mm                                                         Price: £42.10
                           Who For—Hobbyist                                                                         Order #: 03052
                           Features—All purpose picture framing
                            joiner designed for light duty framing.
                            Drives a single wedge , one at a time
                            into hard and soft woods. Magnetic
                            wedge holder. Quick depth setting
                            adjustment. Drives all wedge sizes.
                            Includes spacer support for irregular     Logan F49—Studio Joiner Clamp
                            profiles. Quick adjust corner clamp.       Moulding—Max width up to 63.5 mm
                            Reinforced baseboard. Steel post           Who For—Hobbyist
                            sleeves to prevent flexing. Two            Features—Dramatically speed up the joining of frames by pre
   Price: £95.00            adjustable height levellers for long        gluing 2 corners instead of one, which reduces the assembly
   Order #: 03051                                                       time by 50%. The studio joiner clamp comes fully assembled
                                                                        with an instruction sheet. Includes a quick adjust clamp

            Logan F300-2 Pro Joiner
                                                                                       Logan Wedges




   Logan F300-1 Pro Joiner
    Moulding—Max width up to 63.5 mm
    Who For—Hobbyist                                                  Logan F13—Wedges                           Price: £4.99
    Features—Much faster than the studio joiner, the pro joiner       7mm Wedges for softwood pack of 200        Order #: 03054
     drives 2 wedges at the same time into hard or soft woods
     and is ideal for production joining of duplicate frames using     Logan F14—Wedges                           Price: £4.99
     the same moulding size. Extremely precise and versatile, yet      7mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200        Order #: 03055
     compact and economical, while producing professional
     results. Heavy duty style professional joiner for precise
     corner joints. Including patented wedge alignment pins.           Logan F15—Wedges                           Price: £4.99
     Drives one or two wedges at a time. Adjustable wedge              10mm Wedges for softwood pack of 200       Order #: 03056
     spacing guide and settings. Sliding wedge loading
     mechanism. Quick adjust corner clamp. Drives all wedge
                                                                       Logan F16—Wedges                     Price: £4.99
     sizes. Use on soft or hard woods. Use on mouldings up to
                                                                       10mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200 Order #: 03057
     2.5 inches wide. Fully adjustable power-driven arm. Wedges
     are stackable. Quick loading wedge system. Improved foot
     depth settings. New moulding support arms. No assembly            Logan F47—Wedges                            Price: £4.99
     required. An ideal joining tool for the beginner or the semi      12mm Wedges for softwood pack of 200        Order #: 03058
     professional

                                                                       Logan F48—Wedges                            Price: £4.99
                                                                       12mm Wedges for hardwood pack of 200        Order #: 03059
   Price: £172.75
   Order #: 03053
                                                                                                                   Page 31




                                                 Taurus Joining Range
Taurus JPW and PNU Wedges
JPW wedges are manufactured in 3 types Soft ( Blue), Hard ( Red) and Very Hard (Yellow). The PNU wedges eliminate the need for
soft or hardwood wedges and can be used in both soft and hardwood mouldings, eliminating the need for soft or hardwood wedges.
Specially designed to pull the corner tighter. Discounts are available when buying Outer/Carton amounts. This is usually 10%, however
depends on amount purchased. The more you buy, the more you save!

                                      Taurus JPW Wedges—Soft/Hard

Type & Qty     Colour     Code      Price     Outer                                Type & Qty     Colour    Code      Price   Outer
 5 mm Soft      Blue      24051     £20.11     (17)                                5 mm Hard       Red      24056    £20.11    (17)
   10000                                                                             10000
 7 mm Soft      Blue      24052     £10.89     (14)     FOR USE WITH               7 mm Hard       Red      24057    £10.89    (14)
   5000                                                TAURUS, CASSESE                5000
                                                         (TOPLOADER),
10 mm Soft      Blue      24053     £11.19     (11)                                10 mm Hard      Red      24058    £11.19    (11)
                                                          EURO,GILLE,
   5000                                                                               5000
                                                            MORSO,
12 mm Soft      Blue      24054     £11.81     (10)     PISTORIOUS, F.             12 mm Hard      Red      24059    £11.81    (10)
   5000                                                     CORNER                    5000
                                                       (TOPLOADER), P.
15 mm Soft      Blue      24055     £11.97     (7)                                 15 mm Hard      Red     240510 £11.97        (7)
                                                        TURNER (TOPL)
   5000                                                                               5000


                                      Taurus JPW Wedges—Very Hard
    Type & Qty             Colour            Code       Price            Outer
  5 mm Very Hard           Yellow           240511     £10.98             (17)                                  FOR USE WITH
       5000                                                                                                    TAURUS, CASSESE
                                                                                                                 (TOPLOADER),
  7 mm Very Hard           Yellow           240512     £11.31             (14)                                    EURO,GILLE,
       5000                                                                                                         MORSO,
 10 mm Very Hard           Yellow           240513     £12.05             (11)                                  PISTORIOUS, F.
      5000                                                                                                          CORNER
                                                                                                               (TOPLOADER), P.
 12 mm Very Hard           Yellow           240514     £12.76             (10)                                  TURNER (TOPL)
      5000
 15 mm Very Hard           Yellow           240515     £13.05             (7)
      5000


                                    Taurus PNU Wedges—Hard&Soft
    Type & Qty              Use              Code       Price            Outer
 5 mm Soft &Hard        With Soft and       240516     £12.65             (17)
      5000               hard woods
 7 mm Soft &Hard        With Soft and       240517     £12.90             (14)                                  FOR USE WITH
      5000               hard woods
                                                                                                                    TAURUS
10 mm Soft &Hard        With Soft and       240518     £13.50             (11)                                     MACHINES
      5000               hard woods
12 mm Soft &Hard        With Soft and       240519     £14.24             (10)
      5000               hard woods
15 mm Soft &Hard        With Soft and       240520     £14.45             (7)
      5000               hard woods
Page 32




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                           Compressors and Airline Fittings



                           Compressors and compressed air range with fittings
                                             and parts.
                                                                                                             Page 33




                                             Bambi Compressor Range

Bambi BB Range– Oil Lubricated                                                   BB Range Prices

                                                                    Model &     Spec and receiver    Code              Price

                                                                      BB8      0.5Hp, 50Lmin—9ltr    15061         £294.38
                                          Price: £294.38
                                          Order #: 15061             BB15     0.5Hp, 50Lmin—15ltr    15064         £319.00

                                                                    BB15V     0.5Hp, 50Lmin—15ltr    15065         £319.00

                                                                     BB24     0.5Hp, 50Lmin—24ltr    15066         £330.00
Bambi BB8 Silent Compressor
 This budget range compressor has been developed for those         BB24V     0.5Hp, 50Lmin—24ltr    15067         £330.00
  users where ultra low noise and high performance is essential.
  With sound levels from 40dB(A) and almost no vibration            BB24D     1.0Hp, 100Lmin—24ltr   15068         £539.00
  when running, This compressor can be located in any work
  area without causing any noise intrusion
                                                                    BB50D     1.0Hp, 100Lmin—50ltr   15069         £594.00


 L/     Ltrs    Bar      Kw / Volts/HZ        dB    KG HxWx         BPB0157 Optional Wheel Kit for   150610        £19.99
 Min                     HP                   (A)       D                    BB24,24D and 50D
 50      9         8     0.34     220-        40     21    47x34x
                         0.5     240/50                      34                  VT Range Prices
  1    2 Bar 3 Bar 4 Bar          5 Bar     6 Bar 7 Bar    8 Ba6
 Bar                                                                 Model      Spec and receiver    Code              Price

 40   38   36            35        34        33   32         31
                                                                     VT75      0.75Hp, 120 Lmin—     15062         £760.00
Lmin Lmin Lmin          Lmin      Lmin      Lmin Lmin       Lmin
                                                                                     24ltr
                                                                    VT75D     0.75Hp, 120 Lmin c/w   150612       £1400.00
       Bambi VT Range—Oil Free                                                    Air Dryer—24ltr
                                                                     VT150     1.5Hp, 175 Lmin—      150613       £1100.00
                                                                                     50ltr
                       Bambi VT 75
                        Quality is the primary component built     VT150D    1.5Hp, 175 Lmin c/w    150614       £1800.00
                         into each Bambi VT Oil free                             Air Dryer—50 ltr
                         Compressor. Perfect for when you
                                                                     VT200    2.0Hp 220 Lmin—50ltr   150615       £1600.00
                         demand the highest possible air quality
                         for critical applications and anywhere
  Price: £760.00         when low maintenance is essential          VT200D    2.0Hp 220 Lmin c/w     150616       £2400.00
  Order #: 15062                                                                 Air Dryer—50ltr
                                                                     VT300    3.0 Hp, 350 Lmin 20    150617       £2800.00
 L/     Ltrs    Bar      Kw / Volts/HZ        dB    KG HxWx                     amp single—100ltr
 Min                     HP                   (A)       D
                                                                    VT300D    3.0 Hp, 350 Lmin 20    150618       £3800.00
 120     24        8     0.55     220-        72     29    63x50x              amp single c/w Air
                         0.75    240/50                      41                   Dryer—100ltr
                                                                     VT400    4.0 Hp, 440 Lmin 20    150619       £3200.00
  1    2 Bar 3 Bar 4 Bar          5 Bar     6 Bar 7 Bar    8 Ba6               amp single—100 ltr
 Bar
                                                                    VT400D    4.0 Hp, 440 Lmin 20    150620       £4300.00
 108  96   85            74        65        57   48         45                amp single c/w Air
Lmin Lmin Lmin          Lmin      Lmin      Lmin Lmin       Lmin                  Dryer—100 ltr
Page 34




                                              ABAC Compressor Range

              ABAC Whispair Range                                               ABAC Whispair Price Range

                                   ABAC Whispair 50/9                        Model        Spec and Receiver       Code          Price
                                    These Compressors have a
                                     large size receiver, and are             50/9      0.5Hp, 50Lmin—9ltr       30061         £474.00
                                     ideally suited to environments
                                     where noise is needed to be
                                                                             50/15      0.5Hp, 50Lmin—15ltr      30063         £486.00
                                     kept to a minimum. Auto Stop
                                     Start, with regulator and water
                                     trap. Super silent for use              50/24      0.5Hp, 50Lmin—24ltr      30064         £494.00
                                     virtually anywhere. Complete
                                     range includes portable and            100/25p 1.0Hp, 100Lmin—25ltr         30065         £852.00
                                     static models. Reliable, simple
          Price: £474.00             and robust construction. Ease          100/50p 1.0Hp, 100Lmin—50ltr         30066         £933.00
          Order #: 30061             of use, simple automatic
                                     control.
                                                                            150/50p 1.5Hp, 150Lmin—50ltr         30067        £1234.00

  L/        Ltrs   Cfm     Kw / Volts/HZ       dB      KG    HxWx           150/100       1.5Hp, 150Lmin—        30068        £1385.00
  Min                      HP                  (A)            D                p               100ltr
   50        9     1.8     0.35.    230 V      40       25   31x31x         200/100       2.0Hp, 200Lmin—        30069        £1688.00
                           0.50                               53cm             p               100ltr


    ABAC Silent Boxed Belt Range                                             ABAC Silent Boxed Price Range

                                                                             Model        Spec and receiver       Code          Price

                                                                            B2800/        2.0Hp, 254Lmin.        300610       £1140.00
                                                                            LN/M2            230v—27ltr
                                                                            B2800/     2.0Hp, 254Lmin 400v—      300611       £1140.00
                                                                            LN/T2               27ltr
                                                                            B2800/     3.0Hp, 320Lmin 230v—      300612       £1190.00
                                                                            LN/M3               27ltr
                                                                            B2800/     3.0Hp, 320Lmin 400v—      300613       £1190.00
                                                                            LN/T3               27ltr


   ABAC Red 350/100p                                 ABAC Red 400/150p                             ABAC Red 600/200

                           Price: £463.00                                   Price: £607.00                               Price: £863.00
                           Order #: 300614                                  Order #: 300615                              Order #: 300616



  ABAC Belt Drive Red Line 350/100p                  ABAC Belt Drive Red Line 400/150p            ABAC Belt Drive Red Line 600/200
   Powerf ul 3 hp motor with lubricated              Powerf ul 3 hp motor with lubricated        Powerf ul 5.5hp motor. Workshop
    pump. Wheel kit and regulator. 13amp               pump. Workshop compressor.                   compressor. Stationary robust design.
    power supply. 340Lmin, 12cfm, 9 bar,               Stationary, Robust Design. Easy to use.      Easy to Use. 625Lmin, 22cfm, 9 Bar,
    230V, 100 ltr tank, 64kg                           400Lmin, 14cfm, 9 bar, 230v, 150ltr          400v, 50 ltr tank, 120kg,
    1024x435x835                                       tank, 120kg, 1400x450x940                    1400x450x940
                                                                                     Page 35




           ABAC Compressor Range

           ABAC Refrigeration Dryers

                           ABAC ACT (Aluminium Cooling Techology)
                            The new range of dryers possess many benefits over conventional dryers.
                             The modular construction of the air/heat exchanger, refrigerant/air
                             heat exchanger and seperator into one single unit, not only improves
                             reliability but also allows for a far lower pressure drop across the dry er
                             when compared to other systems. This results in significantly lower
                             power consumption and a more stable dew point control

                            LOW PRESSURE DROP EVEN IN VARIABLE LOAD
                            CONDITIO NS
                                Constant dew point control irrespective of flow.
                                Combined unit providing improved performance, fewer



                                             FEATURES

            Automatically controlled and monitored by a digital controller and thermostat.
            Standard hot gas by-pass valve, preventing the formation of Ice.
            Condensation drain for the discharge of the condensate.
            Generous sized condensers ensuring perfect operation of the refrigeration circuit




                           FEATURES

PRICES FOR THESE MACHINESARE AVAILABLE BY REQUEST ONLY
Page 36




                                            Pro-Air Compressor Range

           Pro-Air Direct Drive 101                                            Pro-Air Direct Drive 120


                                           Price: £89.99
                                           Order #: 04061                                                            Price: £149.99
                                                                                                                     Order #: 04062




 Pro Air Direct Drive 101                                             Pro Air Direct Drive 120
  Ideally suited for the home workshop, the 101 can be used for       New design modernising the small workshop compressor. The
   a variety of tasks. A Direct Drive 2 Hp Motor fills the 24 litre     folding handle design provides compact storage and the ability
   tank and provides ample pressure for , bradding, nailing,            to move about without bending you back. Having a wider
   stapling and many other everyday applications. The wheel kit         frame and wider wheel base increases stability during transport.
   allows easy movement around the work shop and garage or              A strong steel tube cradle surrounds the motor and pump using
   transporting for site work. Supplied with an on/off switch, tank     twin storage tanks. All controls are located on the top of the
   pressure gauge, output pressure regulator, wheels and lifting        frame with the tank pressure gauge and regulator gauge.
   handle, drain valve, Orion type quick action socket, cable and       Supplied with on/off switch, wheel kit, folding handle, drain
   plug.                                                                valve, 2 orion quick action sockets, cable and plug

  Max     Ltrs   Cfm     Kw / Volts/HZ FAD           KG     HxWx      Max     Ltrs    Cfm     Kw / Volts/HZ FAD           KG     HxWx
  Air                    HP            at 90                 D        Air                     HP            at 90                 D
  8 bar   24       7      1.5      230 V     4.5cf    25    60 x 30   8 bar    20      9.7    1.85      230 V     6.3cf    37    46 x 54
                          2.0                  m            x58cm                             2.5                   m            x56cm


                 Pro-Air Silent 100                                                   Pro-Air Silent 200


                                                                                                                Price: £409.00
                                  Price: £239.00                                                                Order #: 04064
                                  Order #: 04063




 Pro Air Silent 100                                                   Pro Air Silent 200

  A small compressor using a virtually silent running pump. For       A larger silent compressor using two pumps to deliver twice
   applications in workshop or classrooms where low noise levels        the flowrate. The 24 litre tank makes it suitable for bradders,
   are desired. The 345kw motor sits on top of a round 15 litre         staple guns, tab guns, airbrushes and many other pneumatic
   tank protected by a carrying handle. Output pressure can be          applications.
   regulated up to 8 bar                                               Supplied with an on/off switch, tank pressure gauge, output
  Supplied with an on/off switch, tank pressure gauge, output          pressure regulator, drain valve, Orion type quick action socket,
   pressure regulator, drain valve, Orion type quick action socket,     cable and plug, wheels and lifting handle
   cable and plug

  Max     Ltrs   Cfm    Watts Volts/HZ               KG HxWx          Max     Ltrs    Cfm    Watts Volts/HZ               KG     HxWx
  Air                                                    D            Air                                                         D

  8 bar   15      1.7    345w     240 V               25    35 x 34   8 bar    24      3.4     2x       240 V              45    67 x 37
                                                            x36cm                             345w                               x61cm
                                                    Page 37




Tabmaster Range of Air Fittings and Accessories


     Quick Action Female Coupling    350613       £5.50



        Quick Action Tail (Male)     35061        £1.65



     10mm Reinforced Hose Fitting    35062        £1.65



              Jubilee Clip           35063        £0.60




       10mm Nylon hose push fit      35064        £1.50
               (Male)




     10 mm Nylon Hose fitting Push   35065        £2.88
                 fit


      10 mm T—Piece Push Fitting     35066        £2.54




      10 mm Nylon Hose 30 Mtrs       35067        £57.60



    10 mm Reinforced Hose 30 mtrs    35068        £67.60




      Mini Air Regulator and Dial    35069        £22.80




     Quick Action Coupling (Male)    350611       £5.50



       Quick Action tail to PCL      350612       £1.65
Page 38




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                                 Tab / flexi / Glazier Guns



                           Guns for every framing and none framing need from
                                              hobby to pro.
                                                                                                                        Page 39




                                     Tabmaster Tab (Flexi) Gun Range

           Tabmaster 1 Auto Tab                                          Tabmaster 4 Standard & flattner
                                                                                                               Tabmaster 4 Standard—
                                          Price: £352.00                                                       Air Operated
                                                                                                                A single shot gun with
                                          Order #: 32071
                                                                                                                 the bottom loading of
                                                                                                                 tabs. A standard but
                                                                                                                 hard wearing and long
                                                                                                                 lasting gun, suitable for
                                                                                                                 any environment where
                                                                                                                 a work horse gun is
Tabmaster 1 Auto Tab—Air Operated                                                                                needed. Flattener
                                                                        Price: £271.50    Tabmaster 4            version is superb for a
 Auto repeat flextab/glazier gun, by keeping you finger pressed        Order #: 32072                           tight rebate as side exits
  down you can continue to fire tabs. This is controlled by a
  regulator to speed or slow the rate of tabs fired. Excellent gun                                               allowing the gun to slide
  for the production framer or for those that need that little          Tabmaster 4       Price: £480.31         across the frame with
  “extra” from their tab gun                                            Flattner          Order #: 32073         bottom loading tabs



            Omer 53 Flexi Driver                                                  T220 Manual Tab Gun


                                                                                                                  Price: £19.99
                                         Price: £137.79
                                                                                                                  Order #: 04071
                                         Order #: 23071




Omer 53 Flexi Driver—Air Operated                                       Tabmaster’s Charnwood T220 Tab Gun—Hand Operated
 Fires 15mm Tabs (Tabmaster ones are ideal!) Capable of rapid           A great value and best selling manual tab gun. Hand operated
  firing, bottom loading flexi points and a magazine that has a           flexible tab gun for neat and secure tab insertion. Can take the
  capacity of 300. Weighing in at only 0.60kg’s!!!!                       rigid or flexible tabs as standard



                                                 Tabmaster Tabs/Flexis

                    Tabmaster Genuine Flex Tabs                 Price: £13.00         Can be used with :-
                    Box of 10,000 tabs—Flexible. Outer/                               All Tabmaster tab guns, Cassese Tab Guns and
                    Carton of 10—Discount available             Order #: 32074        Omer T220

                    Tabmaster Genuine Hard Tabs                 Price: £13.00         Can be used with :-
                    Box of 10,000 tabs—Hard/Rigid.                                    All Tabmaster tab guns, Cassese Tab Guns and
                    Outer/Carton of 10—                         Order #: 32075        Omer T220

                    Tabmasters Charnwood T4 Tabs                Price: £4.99          Can be used with :-
                    Box of 2,500 tabs—Flexible                                        Tabmaster’s Charnwood T220 Gun
                                                                Order #: 04072

                    Tabmaster Charnwood T4R Tabs                Price: £4.99          Can be used with :-
                    Box of 2,500 tabs—Hard/Rigid                                      Tabmaster’s Charnwood T220 Gun
                                                                Order #: 04073
Page 40




                      Fletcher Terry Tab/Flexi and GlazierGun Range

          Fletcher Terry FrameMaster                                       Fletcher Terry FlexiMaster

                      Fletcher Terry Frame Master—Manual                                   Fletcher Terry Flexi Master—Manual
                       FrameMaster from Fletcher Terry is                                  The Fleximaster gives you many of the
                        one tool designed to drive both Glazing                              same advantages as the FrameMaster,
                        and framers points (Tabs). Its rugged                                most of all though it is used for a
                        design will provide you with years of                                higher production and has a sturdy
                        uninterrupted production, plus its easy                              and durable case. Easy to load
                        to load and hard to jam or double feed.                              magazine holds 170 (.4mm thick) flexi
                        So if versatility and performance are                                Points (tabs). Fires one point per time
                        important to you this is the gun for                                 without jamming or double feeding. It
                        you. Holds 100 tabs. Fires one at a                                  can adjust to the tension of the frame
                        time. Can adjust the tension. Fires 8                                to suit the framer and wood density.
 Price: £47.95          mm glazier points and 16 mm framing         Price: £53.01            Rear stabiliser keeps the FlexiMaster
 Order #: 16071         points (tabs), this is done by reversing    Order #: 16072           straight up!. Uses only the flexible
                        the magazine on the gun. Please note                                 points.
                        this does not fire the flexi tabs


          Fletcher Terry MultiMaster                                          Fletcher Terry PullMate

                      Fletcher Terry MultiMaster—Manual
                       Fletcher Terry’s MultiMaster is a must
                        for frame shops large and small. To
                        enhance your custom framing artistry ,                                                  Price: £6.64
                        use MultiMaster to incorporate                                                          Order #: 16074
                        multiple wood mouldings (I.e liner/
                        stacked) in the same frame. Provides
                        deep penetration to any type of wood,
                        soft or hard with the special spring
                        adjustment firing one point at a time
                        without double feeding or jamming.          Fletcher Terry PullMate
   Price: £58.25        Magazine holds 167 multipoints per           Specifically designed to pull Fletcher framers points from
   Order #: 16073       stack and the gun has the rear stabiliser     wooden frames. This handy little tool is ideal for getting to
                        for upright storage.                          grips with the Glazier Points too.


                                   Fletcher Terry Tabs/Flexi’s/Points!
             Fletcher Terry Framers Points   Price: £7.03                      Fletcher Terry Framers Points   Price: £9.17
             16mm                            Order #: 16075                    8mm                             Order #: 16078
             Box of 3,000 tabs—Rigid. Outer/                                   Box of 5,000 tabs—Rigid. Outer/
             Carton of 10—Discount available                                   Carton of 10—Discount available


             Fletcher Terry Flexible Points      Price: £8.33                  Fletcher Terry Flexible Points      Price: £20.33
             Box of 3,700 tabs—Flexible.         Order #: 16076                Box of 10,000 tabs—Flexible.        Order #: 16079
             Outer/Carton of 10—Discount                                       Outer/Carton of 10—Discount
             available                                                         available


             Fletcher Terry Multi Points         Price: £10.17                  Fletcher Glaziers Points            Price: £9.85
             Box of 3,000 points—Flexible.       Order #: 16077                 Outer/Carton of 10—Discount         Order #: 160710
             Outer/Carton of 10—Discount                                        available
             available
                                                                                                                  Page 41




                                   The Cassese Tab/Flexi Gun Range

 The Cassese CS 6.15A—Flexi Gun                                       The Cassese CS 6.25 – Flexi Gun


                                       Price: £241.01
                                                                                                              Price: £253.52
                                       Order #: 02071
                                                                                                              Order #: 02072




The Cassese CS6.15A—Air Operated                                    The Cassese CS 6.25—Air Operated
 A very popular gun that uses the regular or Arrow flexi’s from     An exclusive gun dedicated to using the 25mm flexi points,
  Cassese. Lightweight for maxi mum comfort of use. Quick slide       ideal for big frames and mirrors. Often referred to as the
  against the rebate thanks to a new design head (2 sides             “Jumbo” this lightweight gun has the quick slide design. 1
  opened). Ideal for medium to contract Framers                       flexipoint of 25mm can easily replace 4 regular 15mm points.
                                                                      Ideal for medium to contract Framers


                                         Cassese Flexi Standard Tabs
                                                Cassese Flexi Standard 15mm                                  Price: £20.02
                                                Box of 15,000 Gold tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton of            Order #: 02073
                                                10—Discount available


                                                Cassese Flexi Standard 15mm                                   Price: £20.02
                                                Box of 15,000 Black tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton of            Order #: 02074
                                                10—Discount available



                                       Cassese Flexi Arrowhead Tabs
                                                Cassese Flexi Arrowheads 15mm                                Price: £5.72
                                                Box of 3,400 Gold tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton of             Order #: 02075
                                                50—Discount available


                                                Cassese Flexi Arrowheads 15mm                                 Price: £5.72
                                                Box of 3,400 Black tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton 50             Order #: 02076
                                                Discount available



                                           Cassese Flexi Jumbo Tabs

                                                Cassese Flexi Jumbo 25mm                                     Price: £13.82
                                                Box of 3,000 Gold tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton of             Order #: 02077
                                                15—Discount available


                                                Cassese Flexi Jumbo 25mm                                      Price: £13.82
                                                Box of 3,000 Black tabs—Flexible. Outer/Carton of             Order #: 02078
                                                15—Discount available
Page 42




                                            Logan Tab/Flexi Gun Range

          Logan F500-1 Dual Drive                                                  Logan F400-1 Fitting Tool

                                 Logan F500-1 Manual Dual                                              Logan F400-1 Manual Fitting tool
                                 Driver                                                                 Ideal to insert tabs. Logans unique
                                  The F500-1 Dual Driver tab gun                                        swivel foot design drives, rigid tabs,
                                   uses stack s of either rigid or flexi                                 flexi tabs, brad nails and multi
                                   tabs and quickly fires them into                                      points. No Slipping or bending.
                                   your wood moulding to secure                                          Easy adjust foot. Use on hard or
                                   the glass and artwork into the                                        soft wood. No guessing or skill
                                   frame. Unique in that it can use                                      required. Rotating insert holder
                                   both flex and hard tabs. All                                          and a proper drive angle assured!
                                   metal construction.

                                  Price: £                                                             Price: £
                                  Order #: 03071                                                       Order #: 03072


                                                      Logan Tabs/Points
               Logan Flexis small—600 strip—       Price: £3.46                       Logan Rigid small—600 strip—           Price: £4.63
               Logan F53                           Order #: 03073                     Logan F54                              Order #: 03075


               Logan Flexis Large—2,500            Price: £9.26                       Logan Rigid Large—2,500 strip—         Price: £10.42
               strip—Logan F55                     Order #: 03074                     Logan F56                              Order #: 03076



                                                FrameCo Joining Range

             FrameCo Flexi Framer                                                       FrameCo Frame Stop



                                               Price: £19.50
                                                                                                                        Price: £8.00
                                               Order #: 05071
                                                                                                                        Order #: 05072




 FrameCo Flexi Framer manual point driver                                  FrameCo Frame Stop
  Inserts flexi points and backing nails into picture frames to hold       More power and better control to insert flexi points and nails.
   the artwork in the frame. Ideal for photograph, needlework and            PushMaster will insert FlexiPoints and backing nails to hold the
   watercolour framing. Flexis will not rust and break under                 artwork into the frame. The groove or slots on the head of the
   normal circumstances. For some artists or photographers the               pushmaster are made for this purpose. However the frame stop
   only framing they may wish to do, is exchange the picture from            will give you better control over the holding of the frame while
   frame to frame. This is the most ideal tool to do that                    inserting the tab


                                                                                                                             Price: £4.50
              FrameCo Tabs/Points                                                      FrameCo Flexi Points. Pack of
                                                                                       300                                   Order #: 05073
                                                                     Page 43




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




                              Staple/Brad Guns



                 Guns for every framing and none framing need from
                                    hobby to pro.
Page 44




                           Omer Stapling and Brad Range

          Omer 3G.16 Stapler—Wide                           Omer 40.16 Stapler—Narrow

                     Omer 3G.16—Pneumatic Stapler                      Omer 40.16—Pneumatic Stapler
                      Very low maintenance stapler.                    Fires 4-16 mm staples and has a
                       Fires 4-16 mm staples and has a                   magazine capacity of 135 staples.
                       magazine capacity of 170 staples.                 Lightweight at 0.90kg
                       Lightweight at 0.90kg



                     Price: £153.00                                     Price: £185.00
                     Order #: 23081                                     Order #: 23082


          Omer 50.16 Stapler—Thick                             Omer MG30—Brad Gun

                     Omer 50.16—Pneumatic Stapler                      Omer MG30—Pneumatic Brad
                      Fires 4-16 mm staples and has a                  Fires 12– 30mm brads and has a
                       magazine capacity of 105 staples.                 magazine capacity of 150. A
                       Weighs in at a light 0.90 kg                      lightweight bradder at 0.95 kg



                     Price: £171.11                                    Price: £224.00
                     Order #: 23083                                    Order #: 23084


                                            Omer Staples

          3G/6      6mm x 20000                23085       £5.94
          3G/8      8mm x 10000                23086       £4.04          Omer 3G Staples
                                                                           167 Staples per strip.
          3G/10    10mm x 10000                23087       £4.23            7.8mm wide with a gauge of
          3G/12    12mm x 10000                23088       £4.53            23 and a crown
                                                                            of .350” (3/8”)
          3G/14    14mm x 10000                23089       £4.70
          3G/16    16mm x 10000               230810       £5.34


          40/6      6mm x 20000               230811       £7.91
                                                                          Omer 40 Staples
          40/8      8mm x 10000               230812       £4.89
                                                                           125 Staples per strip.
          40/10    10mm x 10000               230813       £5.15            3.2mm wide with a gauge of
                                                                            21 and a crown
          40/12    12mm x 10000               230814       £5.52            of .180” (3/16”)
          40/14    14mm x 10000               230815       £6.12
          40/16    16mm x 10000               230816       £7.39


          50/10     10mm x 5000               230817       £7.90          Omer 50 Staples
                                                                           84 Staples per strip.
          50/12     12mm x 5000               230818       £5.34            11.3mm wide with a gauge
                                                                            of 20 and a crown
                                                                            of .485” (1/2”)
                                                                 Page 45




               Omer Staple Comparison Chart

OMER`   ATRO    BEA     DUOFAST   HAUBOLD   KIHLBERG   PREBENA      SENCO

  77     55     VB50                                               VB12/S50

 3G       7      71        7        7100      670        V              C

  64     63      72       30        1800

 SJK     SJK

  68                                1400

 4097            97

  40     93               40        4000      690        TB

  99     99                                              EN

  98     98      98                                      HB

  80      8    80-380     80        800       680        A             AT

  84     84               84                             D

  90     90    90-190     18        6000      781        E                 L

  92     92    92-192     92                  664        H

SG44                                          782        G             M

  94     94      94

 M1              14

 M2      100    155       76       KG700      783         Z             N

  S4    16NC

 M3             180                H7800                 Q              Q

 WS     16WC    140                           654        WC

 WP                       17                             WS                P

 CF      CF    CF-W       CF                             WN

  32     32                                   561        R

  35     A       35

  53

  50             95       50        900                  D
Page 46




                                         The Cassese Staple Gun Range

 The Cassese CS 5/8 Stapler(narrow)                                      The Cassese CS 80 Stapler (Wide)

                                Cassese CS5/8—Air Operated                                            Cassese CS 80—Air Operated
                                 Has the same body style as its                                       Has the same body style as its
                                  tab gun counterpart the cs6-15a.                                      tab gun counterpart the cs6.25.
                                  It features a metal head guide so                                     2 step shooting button for
                                  as to allow an easy and perfect                                       maxi mum safety . Ideal for
                                  45 into the back of the frame.                                        canvas and tapestry stretc hing.
                                  Big capacity and quick loading.                                       Big magazine and quick loading.
                                  Weighs only 0.730kg. Uses                                             Uses wide staples. O mer 50
 Price: £288.00                   Narrow staples. Omer 40 staple                                        Staple range is best.
 Order #: 02081                                                        Price: £152.30
                                  range is best
                                                                       Order #: 02082


                                           The Arrow Staple Gun Range

    The Arrow T50 Manual Stapler                                               The Arrow Electric Stapler
                                Arrow T50 Manual Stapler                                               Arrow T50 Manual Stapler
                                 Durable chrome finish and an                                          Lightweight and compact and
                                  all steel construction. Contains                                       well balanced. Heavy duty 10
                                  long lasing hardened steel                                             foot cord. Solid state electric
                                  working parts, a visual refill                                         circuitry. Exclusive on/off
                                  window and a jam proof                                                 trigger lock. One piece solid
                                  mechanism. Everyone has                                                construction stell base. Patented
                                  owned a T50 at some point in                                           jam proof mec hanism. For
                                  their lives due to the robust and                                      occasional use this electric
   Price: £22.67                  long lasting nature of the stapler    Price: £40.83                    stapler also shoots 15mm Brads
   Order #: 12081                                                       Order #: 12082


     Tabmaster Nikkema Long Nose                                                            Arrow Staples
                                                                                         Arrow T50 Staples 6mm
                                                                                          Standard Steel Staples from Price: £5.60
                                       Price: £229.00                                      Arrow                       Order #: 12083
                                       Order #: 22081

                                                                                         Arrow T50 Staples 8mm
  Tabmaster Nikkema NK80—Air Operated                                                     Standard Steel Staples from Price: £5.70
   Developed due to the need of a stapler that could hold large                           Arrow                       Order #: 12084
    amounts of staples and “reach through” smaller gaps for
    staple insertion. Production staple gun with a long magazine
    and an extra long nose. Ideal for production canvas stapling.                        Arrow T50 Staples 10mm
                                                                                          Standard Steel Staples from Price: £6.33
                    Nikkema Staples                                                        Arrow                       Order #: 12085


                    Nikkema Staples 12mm
                     Staples 12mm for the           Price: £5.72
                      Nikkema Long Nose Canvas       Order #: 22082
                      gun
                                                                         Page 47




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




               Hanger and Hinge Machines/ Toggle
                        Press Machines



                 Special kits for fixing hangers and hinges. Make your
                                      own strut backs
Page 48




                          The Cassese Hinge and Hanger Machine Range

                 The Cassese MF 40                                                   The Cassese MF 20




                                                   Price: £4480.00     Cassese MF20—Air Operated
                                                   Order #: 02097       A very user friendly pneumatic machine, dedicated to fix
                                                                         hangers and hinges for strut backs. Quick changeover of
                                                                         hangers or hinge adapters, two measure stops for setting
                                                                         quickly short and long sizes. Has an optional base cabinet.
                                                                        Features—2 ltr cycle, 60kgs and size is 500 x 550 x 600 mm

                                                                        Price: £940.12
                                                                        Order #: 02092
 Cassese MF40—Air Operated
  A very productive coil feed machine ideal for contract or mass
   production. This lightening fast machine has its fixing activated                 The Cassese MF 10
   by a sensor. It can fix 1 hole hangers, 2 hole hangers and 3 hole
   hinged hangers. It also allows a quick switch from one hanger
   type to another. It has 2 measured stops for setting quickly                                   Cassese MF10—Foot Operated
   short and long sizes. Featuring a concrete base and cast iron                                   A very ser friendly foot operated
   parts this machine replaces the MF30.                                                          machine, dedicated to fixing hangers
  Features—Automatic coil feed, 2 Ltr Cycle, 115kg. Size is 1500                                 as well has hinges for strut backs. No
   x 650 x 1360mm                                                                                 need of energy supply on this one
                                                                                                  and fits in well to any small
                                                                                                  workshop.
                                                                                                   Features—Foot Operated. 32kgs
                                                                                                  and the dimensions of 800 x 600 x
                                                                                                  1250mm

                                                                                                   Price: £465.78
                                                                                                   Order #: 02093



 Cassese Coil Feed Hangers (MF40)                                      Cassese Hangers for MF10 & MF20

                     Cassese Coil Hangers.          Price: £72.30
                     2702D                          Order #: 02094
                      2 hole Hangers (x 3500)

                     Cassese Coil Hinged            Price: £90.76
                     Hangers                        Order #: 02095
                      3 hole Hangers (x 3000)
                       3703D

                      Cassese Coil Hinged                                SEE PAGE 106 FOR A FULL LIST OF HANGERS AND
                                                     Price: £60.00                     HINGES AVAILABLE
                      Hangers                        Order #: 02096
                       1 hole Hangers (x 7000)
                       1701N
                                                                                                                  Page 49




                                               Tabmaster Toggle Press

     CS79 Optional Hanging Kit                                          The Punch 2-00 Toggle Press



                                                                                                                     Price: £575.57
                                                                                                                     Order #: 36091




Cassese CS79 Hanger Fixing Kit
Two machines in one!!! With the optional hanger kit, your
CS79 can be instantly turned into a foot operated press to         The Punch 2-00 Toggle Press
insert hangers on backboards or directly onto the moulding.         A Manually operated Toggle Press that is capable of installing
                                                                     framing hardware. This one installs a variety of hardware and is
Simply turn the FS to position 2 to fix the hangers. Replace the     manually operated for dependability. Field tested for years of
top presser with your choice of hanger presser. Place one            customer satisf action. Developed to install a wide variety of
hanger on the magnetic presser head and press the pedal until        Craft’s popular self-fastening hardware easier and faster than
the hanger is fully inserted                                         before.
                                                                    Features—Very user friendly, lighter than you think, yet still
To go from joiner to hanging machine at any given moment,            allows the installation of numerous kinds of hardware
just turn the function selector to position 2 with a coin!           dependant on the optional accessories used. Self fastening
                                                                     hangers are quickly installed with the help of left and right
               Price: £205.00                                        centring guides; easel hinges have a convenient Easel/Back
               Order #: 02091                                        alignment guide; self-fastening turnbuttons utilize a simple
                                                                     turnbutton head and disc to ensure proper placement. The
                                                                     image above shows the Punch set-up to apply hinges and
                                                                     hangers



                                                                             Toggle Press Accessories

                                                                   PUNCH 2-DSC-03 Disk                             Price: £65.03
               The Cassese CS79                                     Supports backing material. Allows rosettes to Order #: 36092
                                                                     spread over

                       Cassese CS79—Manually Operated
                                                                   PUNCH 2-GUID-40 (Centring Scale)                 Price: £121.07
                       Moulding—Up to 80mm wide and
                                                                    Lines up backing material for the correct      Order #: 36093
                       80mm tall
                                                                     installation of hardware
                       Who for—Hobbyist / Craftsman
                       Features—Free Standing. Can be used
                        from front or rear. Light Indicator to     PUNCH 2-2HD (Magnetic Head)                      Price: £73.43
                        show wedges fully inserted. Plunger         Used to insert self attaching hangers.         Order #: 36094
                        requires no adjustment. Multiple             Separate head required for each part to be
                        wedge insertion. Foot operated. Solid        punched into the backing
                        Construction. Angle adjustment on
                        fences. No change of parts requi red
Price: £479.00          when changing between soft and
Order #: 02056          hardwood and when changing the
                        wedge size.
                       Optional Accessories Include—Picture
                        hanging kit (see below)
Page 50




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                       Hot and Cold Pressing/Lamination and
                                  Canvas Bonding



                            The fine art of finishing. Vacuum and cold presses
                                                                                                              Page 51




                      Hot Press Hot Glass Vacuum Press Machines

Hot Glass Vacuum Presses
 Hot Press has really set the standard in vacuum pressing, mounting, heat sealing and
  canvas bonding. The top panel of the press is comprised of two sheets of reinforced
  tempered glass. The inner surface of the lower sheet has an invisible conductive film
  embedded into it. A controlled electric current is passed through this conductive film,
  creating a highly efficient heating system. A sensor on the glass monitors and controls
  the temperature by means of a digital thermostat. The result is an even distribution of
  heat across the work surface, assuring the ultimate in mounting and laminating
  performance.
 The transparent top panel provides a high level of operator confidence, as work can
  be viewed throughout most bonding processes. The glass is extremely smooth and
  scratch resistant.
 Features—The Hot Glass Vacuum Press handles a wide range of materials from foam
  board and wood to photos, art prints and delicate fabrics. All models come with—
  Automatic electronic timer, Adjustable temperature control, Adjustable timer
  control, Adjustable pressure control and a dedicated Vacuum pump.


                         Model                            HGP 260                 HGP 360          HGP 560
                        Weight                              72 kgs                  111 kgs         210 kgs

                         Width                             975 mm                  1194 mm         1422 mm

                         Depth                            1300 mm                  1800 mm         2615 mm

                         Height                            160 mm                  160 mm       950 mm inc Stand

                Time to Vacuum (Secs)                         20                      30              30

             Time to Temper ature (mins)                      12                      12              15

                 Working Dimensions                    890 x 1195 mm           1095 x 1705 mm   1276 x 2496 mm
           Packed Weights and Dimensions
                        Weight                              90 kgs                  145 kgs         447 kgs

                         Width                            1400 mm                  1920 mm         2800 mm

                         Depth                            1150 mm                  1360 mm         1620 mm

                         Height                            320 mm                  320 mm           620 mm

                        Voltage                        230 v 50/60 Hz          230 V 50/60 Hz   230 V 50/60 Hz

                        Wattage                            2500 W                  4200 W           5750 W

                    Current (Amps)                            11                      18              25

                       PRICES                             £3665.00                 £4195.00        £7345.00

                       CODES                                19101                   19102            19103
Page 52




                                        Hot Press Jetmounter Machines
 Jetmounter Pressure Sensitive Laminators
  Originally developed to offer a cost effective solution for finishing inkjet and other
   digital media, the Jetmounter has fast evolved to offer a complete solution for print
   finishing with machines to suit all business types and sizes. Jetmounters are designed
   to be simple to operate, while producing work to the highest possible standards and
   are compatible with our complete range of pressure sensitive adhesives and over
   lamination films. Jetmounters can handle all types of flat artwork from photos to to
   paper posters to delicate plastics and vinyls. They are ideal for processing all kinds of
   board stock from simple card or foam centre board to rigid plastic and perspex, but it
   really comes into its own when used with MDF and Masonite.
  Features—Forward and reverse operation, Variable Speed Control, board thickness
   adjustment. Automatic or foot operated. “Magic Eye” technology for safety. Smaller
   Jetmounters are designed to be operated on the desk or workbench and are a weight
   that can be “stowed away” when not in use. Others can be bench mounted or fitted
   to a custom made stand. The largest (JM63) is built on a permanent stand that offers
   safe and rigid support



              Model                JM18                   JM26                    JM44             JM54           JM63
              Code                 S6202                   S204                  S6206            S6208           S6230
          Max Lam Width           464 mm                 667 mm                 1121 mm          1375 mm        1630 mm
              Width               648 mm                 845 mm                 1540 mm          1790 mm        2080 mm

              Depth               299 mm                 310 mm                 480 mm           480 mm          820 mm
              Height              330 mm                312.5 mm                480 mm           480 mm         1270 mm
              Weight               23 kg                  24 kg                  110 kg           150 kg         420 kg
          Roller Diameter        63.5 mm                63.5 mm                 103 mm           127 mm          140 mm

           Max Opening            19 mm                   19 mm                  25 mm            25 mm          50 mm
           Speed Range        76-305 cm/min          76-305 cm/min           91-550 cm/min     61-550 cm/min   0.5-10m/ min

          PRICES                  £549.00                £629.00                £1575.00         £2099.00       £5250.00

          CODES                    19104                  19105                   19106            19107          19108
                                                                                                                     Page 53




                                       Hot Press Dry Mounting Tissues

   Unimount Classic DMT (Rolls)                                        Unimount Classic DMT (Sheets)

Unimount Classic Dry Mounting Tissue (Rolls)                          Unimount Classic Dry Mounting Tissue (Cut Sheets pack of
 Premium Grade tissue widely regarded as the industry standard       100)
  for permanent mounting of all types of flat artwork. It is           Premium Grade tissue widely regarded as the industry standard
  especially popular amongst bespoke framers and photo                  for permanent mounting of all types of flat artwork. It is
  processors due to its lay flat properties. Suitable for mounting      especially popular amongst bespoke framers and photo
  posters, prints, photographs, inkjets, pastels, charcoals, colour     processors due to its lay flat properties. Suitable for mounting
  copies, maps, charts, blue prints and plans. Compatible with a        posters, prints, photographs, inkjets, pastels, charcoals, colour
  wide variety of substrates, including mount board, pulp and           copies, maps, charts, blue prints and plans. Compatible with a
  grey boards, hardboard, MDF and Hot Presses own specialist            wide variety of substrates, including mount board, pulp and
  mounting substrate—W hite Display board (See page )                   grey boards, hardboard, MDF and Hot Presses own specialist
                                                                        mounting substrate—W hite Display board (See page )
    Code                     Size                     Price
                                                                          Code                     Size                      Price
    19109              520mm x 25m                    £39.50
                                                                         191019             127mm x 179mm                    £8.50
   191010              650mm x 25m                    £45.50
                                                                         191020             152mm x 204mm                   £12.50
   191011              650mm x 50m                    £93.00
                                                                         191021             204mm x 254mm                   £19.00
   191012              650mm x 100m                  £171.00
                                                                         191022             254mm x 305mm                   £24.00
   191013              1040mm x 25m                   £77.00
                                                                         191023             305mm x 406mm                   £40.00
   191014              1040mm x 50m                  £145.00
                                                                         191024             406mm x 509mm                   £67.50
   191015             1040mm x 100m                  £280.00
                                                                         191025             509mm x 610mm                   £97.50
   191016              1300mm x 25m                   £96.50

   191017              1300mm x 50m                  £172.00

   191018             1300mm x 100m                  £325.00                      Archival Grade Tissue
                                                                      Archival Grade Tissue
         Vistamount DMT (Rolls)                                        This conservation grade tissue incorporates a chalk buffered
                                                                        layer that prevents the acids from migrating through the tissue.
                                                                        Favoured by professional conservators and art restorers, this
Vistamount Dry Mount Tissue                                             product was specifically developed for museum pieces and
 Vistamount is an economy grade dry mounting tissue, which is          other arc hival quality artwork. Archival grade tissue has
  a vast improvement on its predecessor Eco-Bond. Most often            enjoyed a recent increase in popularity among framers with its
  used by contract framers, this cost effective tissue offers a         superior grade.
  permanent bond for posters and prints. It is suitable for
  mounting artwork to MDF and most types of mounting board                Code                     Size                      Price

    Code                     Size                     Price              191033              520mm x 27.4m                  £50.00

                                                                         191034              610mm x 27.4m                  £65.00

   191027              622mm x 25m                    £34.50             191035              927mm x 27.4m                  £88.00

   191028              622mm x 100m                  £125.00             191036             1040mm x 27.4m                  £99.50

   191029              1040mm x 25m                   £57.00             191037             1232mm x 27.4m                 £111.50

   191030             1040mm x 100m                  £208.00

   191031              1245mm x 25m                   £63.00

   191032             1245mm x 100m                  £230.00
Page 54



                               Hot Press Heat Activated Film Adhesives

            Acid Free Mount Film                                                                Triprint

Acid Free Mount Film                                                  Triprint
 A true conservation adhesive. Acid Free Mount Film is highly         Triprint is a satin inkjet paper with an ink receptive coating on
  recommended for limited editions or even original artwork.            the face and dry to the touch heatset adhesive on the reverse
  The acid free adhesive melts as it is heated and bonds as it          side. It is absolutely ideal for mounting onto foam board card
  cools, therefore the bond can be released later by re-heating the     and similar substrates.
  adhesive. It also conforms to uneven surfaces suc h as water
  colour paper and fabrics.                                                Code                     Size                     Price

    Code                     Size                     Price
   191038               620mm x 25m                   £70.00              191042              1067mm x 61m                  £236.00

   191039              1020mm x 25m                  £124.00              191043              1270mm x 61m                  £294.00

   191040              1220mm x 25m                  £155.00

                                                                                  Dry Mount Film Clear
                     Gicleemount
                                                                      Dry Mount Clear Film
                                                                       The most aggressive film in the entire hot press range, Dry
Gicleemount
                                                                        Mount Film Clear is coated with an acrylic-based tacky
 Engineered especially for the dry mounting of fine art prints
                                                                        adhesive. Especially recommended for wood, plastics and
  and photo papers. GicleeMounts colourless adhesive will not
                                                                        canvas, this adhesive will bond well to any high textured or
  yellow, making it ideal for Giclee prints, photographs and other
                                                                        smooth surf ace
  fine art pieces printed with pigment inks. This dry mounting
  adhesive is also ideal for mounting on canvas, linen and other
  textured fabrics, boards and papers                                      Code                     Size                     Price

    Code                     Size                     Price               191049               650mm x 25m                   £95.00

   191044               520mm x 25m                   £64.50              191050              650mm x 100m                  £345.00

   191045               520mm x 50m                  £117.50              191051              1040mm x 25m                  £155.00

   191046               820mm x 25m                   £93.50              191052             1040mm x 100m                  £630.00

   191047               820mm x 50m                  £170.00              191053              1300mm x 25m                  £185.00

   191048              1220mm x 25m                  £130.00              191054             1300mm x 100m                  £715.00


                          SPECIAL TIP                                                      Piercing Tool
 When using film adhesives with non-porous media or
  substrates e.g R.C photos or foam centred board; the mounting
  film must be pierced before application. If you are using either
  of the Dry Mount Films—remove one release liner before
  piercing the film. If you car using Acid free mount film—take                                                     Price: £112.00
  extra care when piercing                                                                                          Order #: 191055

                  NEVER PIERCE TRIPRINT



                                                                      Hot Press Piercing Tool
                                                                       A metal roller with perforating spikes, used to create pin sized
                                                                        holes in unpierced PVC films, allowing moisture and air to
                                                                        escape during the laminating process
                                                                                                                      Page 55




                                          Hot Press Heat Seal Laminates

                Gloss (Lustre) 50u                                                      Satin Matt 50u
Gloss (Lustre)                                                        Satin Matt
 The most popular heatseal laminate. Unique finish that               Often used to laminate posters and prints, giving a subtle finish
  conforms to the surface its pressed against under heat.               that closely mimics the printed piece. The finish reduces glare
  Resulting in a lustre finish transferred from the surfac e of the     but not contrast as its thin. Also for Canvas Bonding
  foam blanket in the press. Also used as a top coating when
  prints are bonded to canvas                                              Code                    Size                      Price
     Code                     Size                      Price            191062               650mm x 25m                   £69.50
    191056               650mm 25m                     £68.50            191063              650mm x 100m                   £250.00
    191057             650mm x 100m                   £240.00            191064              1040mm x 25m                   £115.00
    191058             1040mm x 25m                   £100.00            191065             1040mm x 100m                   £416.00
    191059             1040mm x 100m                  £376.00            191066              1300mm x 25m                   £138.00
    191060             1300mm x 25m                   £120.00            191067             1300mm x 100m                   £518.00
    191061             1300mm x 100m                  £459.00

                                                                                      Sand Texture 90u
                         Matt 75u
                                                                      Sand Texture
                                                                       Ideal for graphics that spend time in public places. A pleasing
Matt
                                                                        sandy texture that’s scuff resistant. Ideal also for samples and
 A full Matt finish that completely eliminates reflections. Offers
                                                                        copies for clients
  UV protection when behind glass, but is almost invisible.
  Often used where lighting is unpredictable such as exhibition
  halls and public areas. Additional heat gives the matt finish a          Code                    Size                      Price
  textured surf ace                                                      191074               650mm x 25m                   £96.00

     Code                     Size                      Price            191075              1040mm x 25m                   £135.00
    191068              650mm x 25m                    £73.50            191076              1300mm x 25m                   £168.00
    191069             650mm x 100m                   £273.50            191077             1300mm x 100m                   £655.00
    191070             1040mm x 25m                   £115.00

    191071             1040mm x 100m                  £412.00                         Coarse Linen 90u
    191072             1300mm x 25m                   £130.00
                                                                      Coarse Linen
    191073             1300mm x 100m                  £490.00          This film displays a mid-gauge fabric texture resembling rough
                                                                        cotton. It is iften used on larger format artwork where a finer
                                                                        finish may be lost. The rougher gauge of this film is capable of
                                                                        hiding imperfections in prints and posters
                   Fine Linen 90u
                                                                           Code                    Size                      Price
Fine Linen                                                               191081               650mm x 25m                   £104.00
 For those who need a delicate finish to their work. Useful also
  for disguising cracks and creases in prints or posters                 191082              1300mm x 25m                   £191.50
                                                                         191083             1300mm x 100m                   £699.00
     Code                     Size                      Price
    191078              650mm x 25m                   £104.00

    191079             1300mm x 25m                   £191.00                 MORE HEATSEAL LAMINATES OVERLEAF
    191080             1300mm x 100m                  £699.00
Page 56




                                        Hot Press Heat Seal Laminates

                     Canvastex 190u                                                     Polyester Gloss 36u
 Canvastex                                                               Polyester Gloss
  Due to its heavy canvas texture, Canvastex is often used as an         Has a heat resistant gloss finish that’s popular for tablemat
   economical alternative to actual canvas bonding. DUE TO ITS             production. Useful also for imparting a gloss finish to prints.
   THICKNESS THIS FILM IS UNPIERCED, BUT SHOULD                            THIS FILM IS UNPIERCED AND SHOULD NOT BE
   BE PIERCED BEFORE USE                                                   PIERCED AS IT DOES NOT HEAL


      Code                   Size                     Price                   Code                    Size                     Price
     191084             650mm x 25m                  £136.00                191087              650mm x 25m                    £81.00

     191085            1300mm x 25m                  £253.00                191088              1300mm x 25m                  £143.50

     191086            1300mm x 100m                 £930.00                191089             1300mm x 100m                  £484.50

                            SUGGESTED PROCESSING TIMES FOR HEATSEAL LAMINATION FILM

                      254 x 305 mm        305 x 406 mm         406 x 508 mm       508 x 762 mm        762 x 1016 mm       1016 x 1524 mm
    Gloss Lustre             5                   5                  6                    7                    8                   10
  H/D Gloss Lust             9                   9                  10                   11                  12                   14
     Satin Matt              5                   5                  6                    7                    8                   10
          Matt               8                   8                  9                    10                  11                   13
   Sand Texture              9                   9                  10                   11                  12                   14
     Fine Linen              9                   9                  10                   11                  12                   14
   Coarse Linen              9                   9                  10                   11                  12                   14
  Canvas Texture            15                  15                  18                   19                  20                   22
   Polyester Gloss           4                   4                  5                    6                    7                   8


                                 Hot Press Silicone Release Paper/Film

                 Silicone Release Paper                                         Clear Silicone Release Film
 Silicone release paper                                                  Clear Silicone Release Film
  A grid patterned paper, coated on one side with a standard             A transparent film coated on both sides with a superior quality
   quality silicone release agent. The economy grade product is            silicone agent. This product is used to cover exposed adhesives
   used to cover exposed adhesives during pressing and can be              during processing. Can be used in heated presses, glass top
   used in all kinds of mounting and laminating presses                    presses. 10 times the life expectancy of Silicone release paper


      Code                   Size                     Price                   Code                    Size                     Price
     191090             650mm x 10m                  £17.50                 191096              622mm x 10m                    £21.50

     191091             650mm x 25m                  £41.00                 191097              622mm x 25m                    £52.00

     191092            1040mm x 10m                  £26.50                 191098              1000mm x 10m                   £34.50

     191093            1040mm x 25m                  £64.00                 191099              1000mm x 25m                   £83.00

     191094            1300mm x 10m                  £31.00                 1910100             1270mm x 10m                   £39.00

     191095            1300mm x 25m                  £73.50                 1910101             1270mm x 25m                   £94.00
                                                                                                                       Page 57




                                    Hot Press Canvas Bonding—Canvas

  Plain Mounting Canvas (Cream)                                         Adhesive Coated Canvas (Cream)
Plain Mounting Canvas                                                 Adhesive Coated Canvas
 A heavy-duty beige cotton-based fabric used as the substrate for     A cotton-based beige canvas coated with heat activated
  canvas-bonded photos and prints. This material should be used         adhesive. This is used for canvas bonding images and comes in
  in conjunction with clear dry mount film (page ) and is               3 weave types Course, Modern or Traditional
  suitable for stretching images around stretc her bars. Three
  styles are available, each with its own unique appearance.               Code                    Size                      Price
  Modern is a regular weave structure that is open and imparts a
  deep line pattern. The coarse is an irregular weave pattern with       1910105         635mm x 10m (Coarse)               £103.00
  a definite slub (a thick nub of yarn either an imperfection or
                                                                         1910106         1270mm x 10m (Coarse)              £193.00
  purposefully set for effect) producing a heavy impression. The
  traditional also has a slub pattern but with a closed weave, a         1910107         635mm x 10m (Modern)               £103.00
  softer but more distinct impression
                                                                         1910108        1270mm x 10m (Modern)               £193.00
    Code                    Size                      Price
                                                                         1910109        635mm x 10m (Tradition)             £103.00
   1910102        1270mm x 10m (Coarse)             £136.00
                                                                         1910110       1270mm x 10m (Tradition)             £193.00
   1910103       1270mm x 10m (Modern)              £136.00

   1910104       1270mm x 10m (Tradition)           £136.00                Super White Adhesive Canvas
           Heatseal Backing Cloth
                                                                      Super White Adhesive Canvas
                                                                       Similar in style to the adhesive coated canvas, but bleached and
Heatseal Backing Cloth                                                  starc hed to produce a brilliant white base for canvas bonded
 A fine white cotton-based fabric, coated with a heat activated        work. This canvas is coated with a heat activated adhesive,
  adhesive and protected by a silicone release liner. This cloth        which is protected by a silicone release liner. It is preferred by
  can be used for the preservation of items that will be rolled and     those producing high key or bridal work. Only available in
  folded on a regular basis. Often used for protecting maps and         coarse or modern weave
  charts, but collectors of movie posters have discovered that
  adding backing cloth to the back prevents damage to old and              Code                    Size                      Price
  brittle artwork. Use also for damaged fabric or oil paintings and
  to hinge two substrates together                                       1910113         635mm x 10m (Coarse)               £107.00

                                                                         1910114         1270mm x 10m (Coarse)              £199.00
    Code                    Size                      Price
   1910111        1270mm x 10m (Coarse)             £177.00              1910115         635mm x 10m (Modern)               £107.00

   1910112       1270mm x 10m (Modern)              £355.00              1910116        1270mm x 10m (Modern)               £199.00


                                               Hot Press MPP Canvas
MPP Canvas
 This new range of heat activated adhesive coated material                Code                    Size                      Price
  consists of three types of canvas, of varying thickness and            1910120        1547mm x 5.5m 7oz MPP               £95.00
  texture. Coated with a white heat-activated adhesive and not
  protected by release paper. Also available is a brown “jute”           1910121       1547mm x 27.4m 7oz MPP               £450.00
  material that is coated with a clear heat-activated adhesive
                                                                         1910122       1547mm x 91.4m 7oz MPP              £1450.00

    Code                     Size                      Price               Code                     Size                      Price
   1910117        1547mm x 5.5m 12oz MPP             £195.00             1910123        1547mm x 5.5m 10oz MPP              £145.00

   1910118       1547mm x 27.4m 12oz MPP             £850.00             1910124       1547mm x 27.4m 10oz MPP              £695.00

   1910119       1547mm x 91.4m 12oz MPP          £Ask for Price         1910125       1547mm x 91.4m 10oz MPP           £Ask for Price
Page 58




                             Hot Press Pressure Sensitive Mounting Films

           Self Wound Mount Film                                                   Double Sided Mount Film

 Self Wound Mount Film                                                     Double Sided Mount Film
  A self-wound 12 micron polyester carrier film, coated on both            A pressure sensitive adhesive coated on either side of a clear 50
   sides with a strong acrylic adhesive and protected by a single            micron PVC film. Each side is protected by a paper liner. To be
   release liner. The liner is siliconised on both sides. As the roll is     used in conjunction with the Jetmounter (Page 52 ) or other
   unwound the adhesive is exposed. Self would films are                     laminators to pre-coat mounting boards in order to produce a
   intended for use with laminators that feature an unwind shaft             self adhesive mounting board. It is also suitable for basic hand
                                                                             application and easily cuts into manageable sheets
      Code                      Size                      Price
    1910126               650mm x 25m                    £55.50                Code                     Size                     Price
    1910127               650mm x 50m                    £99.00               1910133             650mm x 25m                   £79.00

    1910128              650mm x 100m                    £192.00              1910134             650mm x 100m                 £281.50

    1910129              1040mm x 25m                    £88.00               1910135             1040mm x 25m                 £133.50

    1910130             1040mm x 100m                    £331.50              1910136            1040mm x 100m                 £480.50

    1910131              1300mm x 25m                    £111.00              1910137             1300mm x 25m                 £160.00

    1910132             1300mm x 100m                    £415.00              1910138            1300mm x 100m                 £599.00


          Transparency Mount Film                                                               WindowTac
 Transparency Mount Film                                                   WindowTac
  This mount film features ultra-clear adhesives, coated to each           A revolutionary mounting film with a host of uses. This film
   side of an optically clear polyester film. In order to maintain           has a permanent smooth adhesive on one side and a textured
   the smoothness, the adhesive layers are protected by a high               peelable adhesive on the other. Its pri mary use is an adhesive
   quality filmic release liners on both sides. A primary                    for applying artwork and signage to glass and other transparent
   application for this film is face mounting images to the rear of          surfaces. The permanent side is applied to the face of the
   acrylic panels (see acrylic panels on page          )                     artwork and then the textured side hand applied to the glass.
                                                                             The texture within the adhesive allows for any trapped air to be
      Code                      Size                      Price              pushed away and the peelable nature allow for accurate
                                                                             positioning. When required the artwork can be easily removed
    1910139               650mm x 25m                    £255.00
                                                                             from the glass with no residue left behind. Also suitable for
    1910140              1040mm x 50m                    £550.00             applying to the rear of photographs or artwork that need
                                                                             accurate positioning in photo albums and a stronger bond can
    1910141              1300mm x 50m                    £675.00             be achieved with the use of a hairdryer and hand roller to cure
                                                                             the adhesive


                                                                               Code                     Size                     Price
                                                                              1910142             650mm x 25m                  £114.00

                                                                              1910143             1040mm x 50m                 £174.00

                                                                              1910144             1300mm x 50m                 £218.00



                                                                                         JETMOUNTERS PAGE 51

                                                                                      VACUUM PRESSSES PAGE 50
                                                                                                                       Page 59




                                 Hot Press Pressure Sensitive Laminates

                        Matt 75u                                                    Standard Gloss 40u

Matt                                                                 Standard Gloss
 This film is characterised by a full matt finish that completely    A polypropylene film with a gloss finish that is both strong, yet
  eliminates reflections. It offers additional UV protection when      economical. It can be used to impart a gloss finish to any flat
  used behind glass, yet is almost invisible. Matt film is used        artwork, regardless of its original finish
  mostly where lighting is unpredictable such as an exhibition or
  in a public place.                                                      Code                    Size                      Price

    Code                     Size                     Price             1910150              650mm x 25m                   £71.50

   1910145              650mm x 25m                  £74.50             1910151             1040mm x 25m                   £115.00

   1910146             1040mm x 25m                  £123.00            1910152            1040mm x 100m                   £420.00
   1910147            1040mm x 100m                  £440.00            1910153             1300mm x 25m                   £143.00
   1910148             1300mm x 25m                  £149.00            1910154            1300mm x 100m                   £524.00
   1910149            1300mm x 100m                  £559.00
                                                                                       Ultra Gloss 50u
                   Satin Matt 50u
                                                                     Ultra Gloss
                                                                      This ultra gloss polyester laminate offers a finish similar to
Satin Matt                                                             Cibachrome prints. With the highest degree of gloss that’s
 This film is often used to laminate posters and prints and its       available, it’s almost mirror-like. Preferred where impact and
  subtle finish closely mimics that of a printed piece. The satin      vibrant colours are the key elements of the artwork , should be
  sheen finish reduces glare, but does not reduce contrast, as the     used with ultra smooth boards for the best results.
  film is relatively thin.
                                                                          Code                    Size                      Price
    Code                     Size                     Price             1910161              650mm x 25m                   £110.00
   1910155              650mm x 25m                  £73.00
                                                                        1910162             1300mm x 50m                   £400.00
   1910156             650mm x 100m                  £262.00

   1910157             1040mm x 25m                  £112.50                          Sand Texture 90u
   1910158            1040mm x 100m                  £429.00
   1910159             1300mm x 25m                  £141.00         Sand Texture
                                                                      This glare-resistant film is ideal for graphics that will be
   1910160            1300mm x 100m                  £536.00           subjected to prolonged exposure in public places/exhibit halls
                                                                       etc. It displays a pleasing sandy texture and is scuff resistant.
                                                                       When used in conjunction with the right adhesives, it can be
                         Sheentex                                      used as a durable floor graphic


Sheentex                                                                  Code                    Size                      Price
 Sheentex is a textured satin overlaminating film with an acrylic      1910167              650mm x 25m                   £86.00
  adhesive. Built in texture gives added protection from abrasion
  and helps reduce glare. This is the closest finish to the heat        1910168             650mm x 100m                   £304.00
  activated “Gloss Lustre”
                                                                        1910169             1040mm x 25m                   £134.00
    Code                     Size                     Price             1910170            1040mm x 100m                   £505.00
   1910163              650mm x 25m                  £86.00
                                                                        1910171             1300mm x 25m                   £168.00
   1910164              650mm x 50m                  £150.00
                                                                        1910172            1300mm x 100m                   £590.00
   1910165             1040mm x 50m                  £250.00

   1910166             1300mm x 50m                  £290.00                            CONTINUED OVERLEAF
Page 60




                                    Hot Press Pressure Sensitive Laminates

                        Sparkle 50u                                                           Hearts 50u
 Sparkle                                                               Hearts
  A speciality polyester film with a digital pixelated effect. Its     This polyester film is notable for its holographic hearts effect.
   holographic nature is designed to create an impact and is             Provides protection from mec hanical abrasion, moisture and
   therefore ideal for point of sale material                            pollution

      Code                      Size                       Price            Code                     Size                      Price
    1910173               635mm x 25m                    £129.00          1910175              635mm x 25m                    £129.00

    1910174              1270mm x 25m                    £258.00          1910176              1270mm x 50m                   £258.00


                             Ice 80u                                                         Hessian 80u
 Ice                                                                   Hessian
  This film has the same scuff resistant properties as Sand            A heavy-texture film, resembling Hessian or canvas. The Rough
   Texture, but with a heavier and more crystal-like finish, that        embossed surface of this film is capable hiding quite large
   resembles crushed ice                                                 imperfections in prints and posters

      Code                      Size                       Price            Code                     Size                      Price
    1910177               635mm x 25m                    £110.00          1910179              635mm x 25m                    £110.00

    1910178              1300mm x 25m                    £220.00          1910180              1300mm x 25m                   £220.00



                 Crush Leather 90u                                                       Kid Leather 90u
 Crush Leather                                                         Kid Leather
  A soft PVC film embossed with a crushed leather finish. This         A soft PVC film embossed with a kid leather finish. Kid leather
   film offers an opulent look and is used by wedding and portrait       offers an attractive and elegant finish that is reminiscent of fine
   photographers to enhance the quality of the picture                   Italian leather

      Code                      Size                       Price            Code                     Size                      Price
    1910181               635mm x 25m                 £Ask for Price      1910183              635mm x 25m                £Ask for Price

    1910182              1300mm x 25m                 £Ask for Price      1910184              1300mm x 25m               £Ask for Price


                    Fine Linen 90u                                                      Coarse Linen 90u
 Fine Linen                                                            Coarse Linen
  This delicate, fabric textured laminate is specified by the user     This film has a mid-gauge fabric texture resembling that of
   wishing to impart a subtle yet decorative finish to their work.       rough cotton. Commonly used on large format artwork where a
   Useful for disguising minor creases and cracks in prints and          finer finish may be lost. Capable of hiding large imperfections
   posters                                                               in prints and posters


      Code                      Size                       Price            Code                     Size                      Price
    1910185               650mm x 25m                    £103.00          1910188              650mm x 25m                    £103.00

    1910186              1300mm x 25m                    £205.00          1910189              1300mm x 25m                   £205.00

    1910187              1300mm x 100m                   £744.00          1910190             1300mm x 100m                   £744.00
                                                                                                                     Page 61




                                Hot Press Pressure Sensitive Laminates

             Antique Leather 80u                                                             Steel 80u
Antique Leather                                                      Steel
 A soft PVC film embossed with an antique leather finish that        This film imparts a unique brushed steel finish to your artwork
  imparts a luxurious look                                             and can be used to crate a contemporary feel

    Code                    Size                     Price               Code                     Size                      Price
   1910191             635mm x 25m                  £129.00             1910193              635mm x 25m                  £110.00

   1910192            1300mm x 25m                  £258.00             1910194             1300mm x 25m                  £220.00




                          Hot PressTools for Laminating and Mounting

                     Tacking Iron                                                 Dust Removal System


                                      Price: £48.00                                                         Price: £227.00
                                      Order #: 1910195                                                      Order #: 1910196


Hot Press Tacking Iron                                               Dust Removal System
 Used to tack Dry Mounting Tissue to the back of prints and          A great tool for any mounting or finishing room, the dust
  then to a substrate. The small shoe iron is preset to a fixed        removal system roller removes dust and dirt from prints,
  temperature                                                          substrates or film without leaving a tacky residue. The roller is
                                                                       durable with a steel handle and can be cleaned easily by rolling
                                                                       over a special adhesive pad ( Sold separately)
                  Mule and Whip
                                                                            Magnetic Laminator Caddy

                                             Price: £222.00
                                             Order #: 1910197                                               Price: £10.00
                                                                                                            Order #: 1910198




Mule and Whip
 The mule is a safe and convenient mobile storage cart, which
  can hold up to 12 rolls of hot press laminating films, mounting    Magnetic Laminator Caddy
  adhesives canvasses and specialty media. It fits through            Keeps gloves, eraser blocks, tape measures and pencils close at
  standard commercial doors (36”, 914mm) holds up to 363kgs            hand, yet away from the laminator nip and emergency stops.
  (800lbs) and accommodates 51mm and 76mm (2” and 3”)                  Strong rubber-covered magnets attac h the black basket firmly
  cores. The hot press whip can be used in conjunction with the        while protecting the finish surface
  mule to allow the easy lifting of heavy rolls of laminate either
  from the mule or the floor
Page 62




                                         Hot Press Foam, Foil and Cloths

                       Foam Plastic                                                            Vacufoam
 Foam Plastic                                                           Vacufoam
  A cream coloured 13mm thick foam used to cover heatseal               A grey coloured 5mm thick foam used to cover heatseal
   laminates during pressing. This foam may be used with all              laminates during pressing. This foam is only suitable in
   heated press types and is extremely durable                            Vacuum presses

   Code                           Size                        Price
                                                                          Code                         Size                          Price
 1910199      Full Sheet 2438mm x 1651mm x 13mm              £51.50
                                                                        1910202      Full Sheet 2304mm x 1650mm x 5mm            £23.50
 1910200      Half Sheet 1219mm x 1651mm x 13mm              £27.50

 1910201        Quarter 1219mm x 825mm x 13mm                £14.50
                                                                                 Tac and Anti Static Cloths
                       Overlay Foil
                                                                          Code                 Size & Description                    Price
 Overlay Foil                                                           1910203     TAC CLOTH 241mm x 457mm (aprox)              £27.50
  A clear hi gloss acetate foil that has traditionally used to cover
   glossy photographs in order to maintain the gloss during               Code                         Size                           Price
   mounting
                                                                        1910204     ANTISTATIC CLOTH 254mm x457mm                     £9.50

   Code                           Size                        Price
                                                                          Code                         Size                          Price
 1910206                    622mm x 25m                       32.00
                                                                        1910205     ANTISTATIC GLOVES One size fits all          £40.00
 1910207                   1245mm x 25m                       63.00


                                                 Hot Press Acrylic Panels

   Code                           Size                        Price
 1910208        10mm polished acrylic 254 x 254mm            £45.00

 1910209        10mm polished acrylic 254 x 305mm            £45.50

 1910210        10mm polished acrylic 305 x 305mm            £46.50
                                                                        Hot Press Acrylic Panels, with Fixings
 1910211        10mm polished acrylic 305 x 406mm            £49.00
                                                                         Highly fashionable and making a huge impact these 10mm
 1910212        10mm polished acrylic 406 x 406mm            £52.00       thick, ultra clear acrylic panels are the ideal way to make a
                                                                          statement that is both minimalist and modern. Panels come in
 1910213        10mm polished acrylic 406 x 509mm            £54.50       a variety of popular sizes and include wall fixings in the form
                                                                          of “satin” metal studs, which fit through pre drilled corners to
 1910214        10mm polished acrylic 509 x 509mm            £58.50
                                                                          allow your artwork to “Float” on the wall. The edges are flame
 1910215        10mm polished acrylic 509 x 610mm            £62.00       polished giving a 3D quality to the product. Images are applied
                                                                          to the rear using transparent mount film. Acrylic panels are
 1910216        10mm polished acrylic 610 x 610mm            £72.00       ideal for all types of wall display from modern art to the
                                                                          contemporary family portrait. They also make fantastic signage
 1910217                          A2                         £60.50
                                                                          for modern offices and turn any plain award into a certificate.
 1910218                          A1                         £82.00
                                                                           Code                         Size                          Price
 1910219                          A0                         £170.00
                                                                         1910250 Transparency Mount film 1040mmx 50m                 £550.00

   Code                           Size                        Price        Code                         Size                          Price
 1910220      Transparency Mount film 650mm x 25m            £255.00     1910255 Transparency Mount film 1300mmx 50m                 £675.00
                                                                                                                      Page 63




                                           Hot Press Substrates Range

             White Display Board                                              Self Adhesive Strikeboard
White Display board                                                  Self Adhesive Strikeboard
 2000 micron board with a very dense core. Softer and more           As its name implies, this 2000 micron board has a permanent
  open structured. Does not absorb moisture. Smoother core             pressure- sensitive adhesive coating. For best performance, we
  than ordinary pulps reducing the “orange peel” or glossy work.       suggest usage with the Jetmounter (page 51 ). A laminator will
  Clay coated high white liners ac as good adhesives and help          help with a strong bond and a smooth finish even on smoothed
  repel moisture. PH neutral                                           backs of artwork

  Code                         Size                        Price       Code                          Size                        Price
1910221      815mm x 1120mm—2000 micron (pk10)             £31.00    1910230      815mm x 1120mm—2000 micron (pk5)               £30.00

1910222     1040mm x 1550mm—2000 micron (pk10)             £58.00    1910231      1040mm x 1550mm—2000 micron (pk5)              £55.00

1910223      204mm x 254mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £7.00     1910232      204mm x 254mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £17.00

1910224      254mm x 305mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £9.00     1910233      254mm x 305mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £27.00

1910225      279mm x 355mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £13.50    1910234      279mm x 355mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £31.00

1910226      305mm x 406mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £16.00    1910235      305mm x 406mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £34.00

1910227      406mm x 508mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £24.00    1910236      406mm x 508mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £55.00

1910228      508mm x 610mm—2000 micron (pk20)              £31.00    1910237      508mm x 610mm—2000 micron (pk20)               £65.00

1910229      815mm x 1120mm—1250 micron (pk20)             £26.00    1910238      815mm x 1120mm—1300 micron (pk10)              £46.00


     Easymount Dry Mount Card                                                        Magnetic Sheeting
Easymount Dry Mount Card                                             Magnetic Sheeting
 Heat activated board. The same properties as white display          Suitable for applying graphics to metal panels such as fridges,
  board, with the addition of dry adhesive coating. Works best at      vehicles etc. Laminate the image first before mounting to the
  90 degrees celcius as helps with the breathing process.              sheeting. Always use carrier board under the material


  Code                         Size                       Price        Code                         Size                         Price
1910239      815mm 1120mm 1000 micron (pk10)             £30.00      1910241                    619mm 15m                       £155.00

1910240      815mm x 1120mm 2000 micron (pk10)           £47.00      1910242                  1000mm x 15m                      £195.00


             Foam Centred Board                                           Coaster and Table Mat blanks
Foam Centred Board                                                   Coaster and Table Mat Blanks
 For high-gloss photography or where weight is a consideration.      This 3.6mm smooth faced hardboard is backed with a 0.6mm
  This version is 5mm thick, faced with a high quality clay coated     cork base. Available in coaster and table mat sizes
  liner for a good adhesive key. The dense core to this product
  makes it suitable for use in a glass top Vacuum press (page )        Code                         Size                         Price
                                                                     1910246           Table Mat 241mm x 190mm                  £40.00
  Code                         Size                       Price
                                                                     1910247              Coaster 114mm x 89mm                   £9.00
1910243            508mm x 762mmn (pk25)                 £71.00
                                                                     1910248           Table Mat 292mm x 203mm                  £40.00
1910244            762mm x 1016mm (pk25)                £118.00
                                                                     1910249              Coaster 95mm x 95mm                    £9.00
1910245            1016mm x 1524mm (pk25)               £218.00
Page 64




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                        MDF/Mountboard/Backing board and
                                other substrates



                           If it’s a substrate and to do with framing...frame it!!!
                                                                                                                    Page 65




                                       Tabmaster Mountboard Range


                                        Antique          Bidquit        Black           Brick         Brick Red          Buff




                                       Cape Cod          Chamois     Chamois G         Charwal         Cream           D Brown




        Deles          Ex-White          Faub           Felt Grey    Forest Grn       F. Cream         Garnel            Grey




       Indigo           Lagun          Light Red           Mist      Off White         Paragon          Pearl          Pistachio




     Pola White        Porcelain          Red             Sand       Soft White      UltraWhite      Wedgwood         Wine Red


       PLEASE REMEMBER THAT PRINTED COLOURS MAY ACTUALLY NOT APPEAR THE SAME AS PRINTED OR
                 COMPUTER MONITORED COLOURS. PLEASE ENSURE YOU ASK BEFORE BUYING.



                        Tabmaster Standard Cream/White Core Range

      Standard Cream Core Range                                           Standard White Core Range

Standard Cream Core Mountboard                                      Standard White Core Mountboard
 Tabmaster’s cream core is made of pulp with a neutral ph, easy     Tabmaster’s White Core is not only ph neutral but also Acid
  to cut, clean and smooth cut surfac e. The facing and backing       Free. Made of a high quality chemically purified cellulose, it
  papers are made of high purity cellulose. All papers comply         complies with ISO 9706 the standard for the long-lived papers.
  with ISO 9706, the standard for long-lived papers. Chlorine         Stays White. The facing and backing papers are made of a high
  free. The adhesive is water-based, solvent free and ph neutral.     purity cellulose and are chlorine free. Solvent free and ph
  Board is 800mm x 1200mm and 1.5mm thick                             neutral. Board is 800mm x 1200mm and 1.4mm thick

  Standard Cream         Standard Cream         Standard Cream        Standard Cream        Standard Cream        Standard Cream
  Core                   Core                   Core                  Core                  Core                  Core

   Extra White           Cape Cod              Brick                Extra White          Cape Cod             Brick
   Polar White           Pearl                 Light Red            Polar White          Pearl                Light Red
   Antique White         Felt Grey             Red                  Antique White        Felt Grey            Red
   Off White             Pistachio             Garnet               Off White            Pistachio            Garnet
   Soft White            Buff                  Wine Red             Soft White           Buff                 Wine Red
   Bisquit               Delft                 Sand                 Bisquit              Delft                Sand
   Ultra White           Wedgwood              Dark Brown           Ultra White          Wedgwood             Dark Brown
   Porcelain             Charcoal              Paragon              Porcelain            Charcoal             Paragon
   Chamois               Indigo                Laub                 Chamois              Indigo               Laub
   Cream                 Black                 Forest Green         Cream                Black                Forest Green

  Price: £1.84 per sheet                                              Price: £2.22 per sheet
  Order #: 29111 + Colour                                             Order #: 29112 + Colour
Page 66



                                         Tabmaster Backing Board Range

                          Grey Board                                                  Pulp Board

    Grey Board—Standard                                          Pulp Board—Standard
                                               Price: £1.00                                                Price: £1.30
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —2000 micron—                            Sized 800 x 1200mm —1200 micron—
                                               Order #: 29113                                              Order #: 291112
      —Cheapest material for mounting non                          ph neutral—Cream pulp board. Ideal
      conservation works                                           for neutral environment mounting

    Grey Board—Self Adhesive                                     Pulp Board—Self Adhesive
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —2200 micron—                            Sized 800 x 1200mm —1500 micron—        Price: £2.14
                                               Price: £1.76
      —Cheapest material for mounting non                          ph neutral—Cream pulp board. Ideal      Order #: 291113
                                               Order #: 29114
      conservation works                                           for neutral environment mounting

    Grey Board—White Liner Board                                 Pulp Board—Self Adhesive
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —2200 micron—                            Sized 800 x 1200mm —2800 micron—        Price: £TBA
                                               Price: £1.38                                                Order #: 291114
      —Cheapest material for mounting non                          ph neutral—Cream pulp board. Ideal
                                               Order #: 29115
      conservation works                                           for neutral environment mounting


                                                                 Pulp Board—LArge
                         Foam Board                               Sized 800 x 1200mm —2400 micron—        Price: £TBA
                                                                   ph neutral—Cream pulp board. Ideal      Order #: 291115
                                                                   for neutral environment mounting
    Standard Foamboard
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —3mm thick——
                                               Price: £TBA
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work   Order #: 29116                     Acid Free Board
    Standard Foamboard                                           Barrier Board
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —5mm thick——                                                                      Price: £1.24
                                               Price: £TBA        Sized 800 x 1200mm —600 micron—
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free                                                                 Order #: 291116
                                               Order #: 29117      Batch manufactured from chemically
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work                       purified cellulose pulp. Stays white.
                                                                   Complies with ISO 9706
    Self Adhesive Foam Board
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —3mm thick——
                                               Price: £TBA       Acid Free—1200
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free                                                                 Price: £1.54
                                               Order #: 29118     Sized 800 x 1200mm —1200 micron—
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work                                                               Order #: 291117
                                                                   Batch manufactured from chemically
                                                                   purified cellulose pulp. Stays white.
    Self Adhesive Foam Board                                       Complies with ISO 9706
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —5mm thick——
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free     Price: £TBA
                                               Order #: 29119    Acid Free—2400
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work                                                               Price: £2.46
                                                                  Sized 800 x 1200mm —2400 micron—
                                                                   Batch manufactured from chemically      Order #: 291118
    Acid Free Foam Board                                           purified cellulose pulp. Stays white.
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —3mm thick——                              Complies with ISO 9706
                                               Price: £
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free
                                               Order #: 291110
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work

    Acid Free Foam Board
     Sized 800 x 1200mm —5mm thick——
      Stiff and light boards with CFC free     Price: £TBA
      polystyrene core. Ideal for large work   Order #: 291111



          TABMASTER ARE ALWAYS STRIVING TO BE THE BEST THAT THEY CAN IN THE MARKET PLACE. YOUR
          FEEDBACK ON THESE ITEMS ARE APPRECIATED TO HELP US DEVELOP AND OFFER YOU AS A FRAMER
                      QUALITY AND VALUE FOR MONEY PRODUCTS WITH GREAT SERVICE.
                                                              Page 67




Colourmount Mountboard Range

                 Colourmount
                  Colourmount by Slater Harrison features a comprehensive
                   range containing all essential colours and variations to
                   mountboard, giving you enough choice without confusing
                   your customer. Quality board made in the UK at
                   competitive prices, colourmount has drawn on its 75 years
                   in the industry to bring you the best selection around.



                                 Hanging Chart
                 Hanging Chart
                  Hanging chart for you to show your
                   customer what’s on offer. Complete
                   range of colours with actual samples
                   fixed to the chart so that you and your
                   customer can see and “feel” the board.



                           Price: £5.00
                           Order #: 28111




                              Mini Chevron Set

                                                  Price: £10.00
                                                  Order #: 28112


                 Mini Chevrons
                  Complete set and range of mini chevrons for you and
                   your gallery. Complete with a Colour Swatch. Comes
                   with triangular shaped packaging (stand) from the box
                   so you can put the chevrons onto it to enable the
                   selection of colours


                           Full Size Chevron Set
                                                         Full Sized Chevrons
                                                          Full sized chevrons
                                                          set for you to have
                                                          around your
                                                          workplace or gallery
                                                          to enhance the
                                                          customer experience
                                                          and allow easier
                                                          selection of
                                                          Colourmount
                         Price: £10.00                    product
                         Order #: 28113
Page 68



                              Colourmount Standard Cream Core Range

               Standard Cream Core                                     P = Parchment Finish                 H = Heavy Textured Finish
                                                                       I = Ingres Finish                    No code is a standard
                                                                       T = Textured Finish                  smooth finish
   Standard Cream Core Mountboard
    3 ply cover paper which is ph neutral. Mechanically beaten
     woodpulp core with a backing paper that is chemically purified
     pulp. Soft and easy to bevel core with a non acidic protective          Standard Cream Core Linen
     backing paper. Mainly used for cost effective framing when
     conservation properties are not required. FATG class this as
                                                                       Standard Cream Core Linen                  Price: £8.50 p/sheet
     standard. Size of sheet is 815 x 1125mm and is 1250 microns        Sized 800 x 1020mm mountboard.           Order #: 281112 +
                                                                         1500 micron thickness.                   Colour
     Standard Cream        Standard Cream       Standard Cream
     Core                  Core                 Core                                                                 Linen Cream
                                                                       Linen Cream            Linen Cream
                                                                       Core                   Core                   Core
      Snow White (T)       Pastel Pink         Dusty Pink
      White                Sandstone (T)       Plum                  Harvest               Bran                  Wheat
      Chalk White (H)      Stone               Burgundy                                     Oatmeal
      Iced White (T)       Mushroom (H)        Loganberry (I)
      Polar White (H)      Hopsack (T)         Granite
      Soft White           Silver Birch (I)    Metal                     Standard Cream Core Jumbo
      Antique White(T)     Pastel Green        School Grey
      Unicorn (P)          Laurel              Charcoal
      Pebble Stone         Dove Grey           Grape                Standard Cream Core Jumbo                  Price: £6.02 p/sheet
      Arctic White         Portland            Cobalt Blue           Sized 1020 x 1525mm mountboard.          Order #: 281113 +
      Dawn Mist            Clearwater (T)      Oxford Blue            1250 micron thickness.                   Colour
      Off White (T)        Pastel Blue         Midnight
      White Ingres (T)     Porcelain           Nightshade (T)       Jumbo Cream            Jumbo Cream            Jumbo Cream
      Oyster               Eggshell (I)        Seal Brown           Core                   Core                   Core
      Ivory                Sea Spray (I)       Black
      Buttermilk (H)       Lupin                                      Antique White(T)      Bottle Green          Iced White (T)
      Old Ivory            Bluebell                                   Beaujolais            Chalk White(H)        Ivory
      Pearl                Pigeon (T)                                 Beige                 Charcoal              Midnight
                                                Price: £2.59 p/
      Warm Ivory           Slate                                      Black                 Holly Green           Off White (T)
                                                sheet
      Osprey (I)           Or (P)                                     Oxford Blue           Pearl                 Portland
                                                Order #: 281110
      Bamboo (H)           Sand                                       Seal Brown            White
      Barley (T)           Coffee
      Beige                Fawn
      Almond (H)           Chocolate                                     Standard Cream Core A1 Size
                                                Metallic Cream
      Cream Ingres (T)     Spice Brown (T)
                                                Core size 815 x
      Honeysuckle (T)      Sepia
                                                1135mm                 Standard Cream Core A1                     Price: £Coming Soon
      Champagne            Chestnut (I)
                                                1250/1200               Sized 594 x 841mm mountboard.            Order #: 281114 +
      Blossom              Hazelnut
                                                microns                  1250 micron thickness.                   Colour
      Pale Peach           Smoke Grey
      Sugared Almond       Chive (T)           Gold                 A1 Cream Core           A1 Cream Core         A1 Cream Core
      Iced Crystal         Moorland Green      Silver
      Fleur De lys (P)     Maple                                      Beaujolais             Burgundy             Dusty Pink
                                                 Old Gold
      Falcon (P)           Sage Green                                 Beige                  Charcoal             Gold
      Cloud                Leaf Green (H)                             Black                  Cobalt Blue          Granite
      Cream                Bottle Green                               Bluebell               Coffee               Hazlenut
      Vanilla (H)          Forest Green(H)                            Bottle Green           Cream                Holly Green
                                                Price: £2.59 p/sheet
      Putty (T)            Holly Green                                Buff                   Dove Grey            Ivory
                                                Order #: 281111 +
      Sand Ingres (T)      Poppy                                      Lupin                  Metal                Midnight
                                                Colour
      Harvest Beige (T)    China Red                                  Moorland Gr            Nightshade (T)       Oxford Blue
      Cameo (T)            Rouge                                      Plum                   Poppy                Porcelean
      Buff                 Beaujolais                                 Portland               Sage Green           School grey
      Powder               Rose (T)                                   Seal Brown             Sepia                Silver
                                                                        Slate                  Smoked Grey          Stone
                                                                                                White
                                                                                                                  Page 69




                  Colourmount Standard White and Black Core Range
                                                                   P = Parchment Finish             H = Heavy Textured Finish
            Standard White Core                                    I = Ingres Finish                No code is a standard
                                                                   T = Textured Finish              smooth finish
Standard Cream Core Mountboard
 4 ply thick, ph neutral mountboard. Standard white core is a             Standard White Core Pearl
  chemically purified pulp from which all potentially harmf ul
  substances have been extracted. Stays white and is non acidic.
  Used to enhance the appearance of any subject giving you the      Standard White Core Pearl              Price: £3.21 p/sheet
  confidence that the finish is protected from against acidic        Sized 815 x 1200mm mountboard.       Order #: 28118 +
  contamination providing a professional finish. FATG                 1400 micron thickness.               Colour
  Standard . 815 x 1200mm. 1400 microns
                                                                    Pearl White           Pearl White           Pearl White
  Standard White        Standard White                               Purple               Blue                 Mink
                                               Metallic White
  Core                  Core                                         Silver               Violet               Fern Green
                                               Core
                                                                     White                Ivory                Orange
   Or (P)               Forest Green(H)      Size 815 x                                  Magnolia
   Sand                 Holly Green          1135mm
   Coffee               Poppy                1250/1200
   Fawn
   Chocolate
                         China Red
                         Rouge
                                               microns                    Standard White Core Jumbo
   Spice Brown (T)      Beaujolais            Gold
   Sepia                Rose (T)              Silver              Standard White Core Jumbo             Price: £6.30 p/sheet
   Chestnut (I)         Dusty Pink                                  Sized x 1525mm mountboard. 1500     Order #: 28119 +
   Hazelnut             Plum                                         micron thickness.                   Colour
   Smoke Grey           Burgundy
   Chive (T)            Loganberry (I)                             Jumbo Cream          Jumbo Cream         Jumbo Cream
   Moorland Green       Granite                                    Core                 Core                Core
   Maple                Metal                Price: £3.21 p/
   Sage Green           School Grey                                 Bottle Green        Seal brown         Beaujolais
                                               sheet
   Leaf Green (H)       Charcoal                                    Holly Green         Black              Charcoal
                                               Order #: 28114
   Bottle Green         Grape                                       Oxford Blue                             Midnight
                                               + Colour
   Nightshade (T)       Cobalt Blue
   Seal Brown           Oxford Blue
   Black                Midnight
                                                                                  Standard Black Core
                                                                     Standard Black Core                   Price: £4.65 p/sheet
                                                                      Sized 815 x 1125mm mountboard.
      Standard White Core A1 Size                                      1250 micron thickness.
                                                                                                           Order #: 281136 +
                                                                                                           Colour

                                                                     Standard Black       Standard Black      Standard Black
Standard WhiteCore A1                     Price: £Coming Soon        Core                 Core                Core
 Sized 594 x 841mm mountboard.           Order #: 28115 +
  1250 micron thickness.                  Colour                      Guelder Rose        Mushroom           Solid Black
                                                                      Sorrel              Charcoal           Sand Ingres
A1 White Core            A1 White Core         A1 White Core          Celandine           Forest Green       Cream Ingres
                                               metallic size 815      Chalk White         China Red          White Ingres
 Sepia                   Metal               x 1125mm               Seal Brown          Cobalt Blue        Bamboo
 Hazlenut                School Grey         1250/1400                                   Plum
 Smoke Grey              Charcoal            microns
 Moorland Green          Cobalt Blue
 Sage Green              Oxford Blue          Nightshade
 Bottle Green            Midnight             Seal Brown
 Holly Green             Nightshade           Black
 Poppy                   Seal Brown
 Beaujolais              Black               Price: £Ask for
 Dusty Pink                                   Price
 Plum                                         Order #: 28116
 Burgundy
 Granite
Page 70




                     Conservation, Museum—White and Solid Core Range

          Conservation White Core                                                 Conservation Solid Core
  Conservation White Core Mountboard                                   Conservation Solid Core                 Price: £4.27 p/sheet
   3–4 Ply chemically purified pulp from which all harmful             Sized 815 x 1125mm mountboard.        Order #: 281118 +
    substances have been removed. Buffered with calcium                  1350 micron thickness.                Colour
    carbonate—protects against acidic elements in the
    environment—alkaline ph. White core when bevelled is white         Conservation       Conservation           Conservation
    and stays white—does not discolour with age. 100%                  Solid Core         Solid Core             Solid Core
    conservation quality can be used alongside virtually any work of
    art. Fade and bleed resistant—Use with barrier board to provide     Ivory             Beige                 Off White
    a total conservation framing service. FATG graded as                                   White
    conservation. Size 815 x 1125mm 1350 Microns

  Standard Cream         Standard Cream           Standard Cream         Conservation White Core Jumbo
  Core                   Core                     Core
   Snow White (T)        Pastel Pink             Osprey (I)
   White                 Sandstone (T)           Bamboo (H)         Standard Cream Core Jumbo               Price: £6.30 p/sheet
   Chalk White (H)       Stone                   Barley (T)          Sized 1020 x 1525mm mountboard.       Order #: 281119 +
   Iced White (T)        Mushroom (H)            Beige                1400/1250 micron thickness.           Colour
   Polar White (H)       Hopsack (T)             Almond (H)
   Soft White            Silver Birch (I)        Cream Ingres (T)   Conservation       Conservation           Conservation
   Antique White(T)      Pastel Green            Honeysuckle (T)    White Jumbo        White Jumbo            White Jumbo
   Unicorn (P)           Laurel                  Champagne
   Pebble Stone          Dove Grey               Blossom             White             Antique White(T)  Pearl
   Arctic White          Portland                Pale Peach          Chalk White(H)    Off White (T)     Beige
   Dawn Mist             Clearwater (T)          Sugared Almond      Iced White(T)     Ivory             Portland
   Off White (T)         Pastel Blue             Iced Crystal
   White Ingres (T)
   Oyster
                          Porcelain
                          Eggshell (I)
                                                   Fleur De lys (P)
                                                   Falcon (P)
                                                                                 Conservation 2000 Micron
   Ivory                 Sea Spray (I)           Cloud
   Buttermilk (H)        Lupin                   Cream              Conservation 2000 Micron            Price: £4.78 p/sheet
   Old Ivory             Bluebell                Vanilla (H)         Sized 815 x 1200mm mountboard.    Order #: 281120 +
   Pearl                 Pigeon (T)              Putty (T)            2000 micron thickness.            Colour
   Warm Ivory            Slate                   Sand Ingres (T)
   Powder                Buff                                        2000 Micron        2000 Micron            2000 Micron
   Harvest Beige (T)     Cameo (T)              Price: £3.21 p/s
                                                                        White             Polar White(H)    Dawn Mist
                                                  Order #: 281115
                                                                        Chalk White(H)    Soft White        Off White
                                                  + Colour
                                                                        Iced White(T)     Antique White(T)  Pearl

     Conservation Celebration Range
                                                                                 Conservation 3200 Micron
  Conservation Celebration Range              Price: £2.00 p/sheet
   Sized 650 x 900mm mountboard.             Order #: 281116 +        Conservation 3200 Micron                  Price: £5.75
    1400 micron thickness.                    Colour                    Sized 815 x 1200mm mountboard.          Order #: 281121
                                                                         3200 micron thickness.—White
  Celebration Range      Celebration Range       Celebration Range
   Tapestry              Quilted                Spirograph
                          Spiders Web                                             Museum Grade Board
      Conservation/Museum Barrier                                      Conservation 2000 Micron                Price: £Coming Soon
                                                                        Sized 815 x 1200mm mountboard.        Order #: 281122 +
                                                                         2000 micron thickness.                Colour
Conservation Museum Barrier Board                Price: £1.20
 Sized 815 x 1125mm mountboard.                 Order #: 281137       2000 Micron          2000 Micron            2000 Micron
  450 micron thickness. –Conserv
 Sized 815 x 1020mm mountboard                  Price: £2.75           White               Polar White(H)        Dawn Mist
  750 micron thickness—Museum                    Order #: 281117                             Soft White
                                                                                                                            Page 71




                                   Colourmount Backing Board Range

                   Backing Board                                             Framers Grey Backing Board
                                                                              Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Grey—
                                                                                                                          Price: £1.20
                                                                                                                          Order #: 281129
                                                                               1500 micron—ph neutral

White Lined Backing Board                    Price: £2.20                    Framers Grey Backing Board
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Grey Centred—                                            Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Grey—             Price: £1.50
                                             Order #: 281123
  2000 micron—ph neutral                                                       2000 micron—ph neutral                     Order #: 281130

Unlined Chip Backing Board
                                             Price: £TBA                     Speedmount Backing Board
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Grey—                                                                                          Price: £3.35
                                             Order #: 281124                  Sized 815 x 1125mm Grey Core—
  1000 micron—ph neutral                                                                                                  Order #: 281131
                                                                               1250 micron—Heat Activated—0 ph
Unlined Chip Backing Board
                                             Price: £TBA                     Speedmount Backing Board
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Grey—                                                                                          Price: £5.70
                                             Order #: 281125                  Sized 815 x 1125mm Grey Core—
  2000 micron—ph neutral                                                                                                  Order #: 281132
                                                                               2250 micron—Heat Activated—0 ph
Woodpulp Backing Board
                                             Price: £1.25                    Self Adhesive Backing Board                  Price: £4.20
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Cream—
                                             Order #: 281126                  Sized 815 x 1125mm Cream Core—             Order #: 281133
  1100 micron—ph neutral
                                                                               1500 micron—ph neutral
Woodpulp Backing Board                       Price: £2.75
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Cream—                                            Foamboar d Backing Board                     Price: £3.50
                                             Order #: 281127                  Sized 815 x 1125mm White Core—
  2200 micron—ph neutral                                                                                                  Order #: 281134
                                                                               3500 micron—ph neutral
Woodpulp Backing Board                       Price: £TBA                     Foamboar d Backing Board
 Sized 815 x 1125mm Solid Cream—                                                                                         Price: £3.80
                                             Order #: 281128                  Sized 815 x 1125mm White Core—
  4400 micron—ph neutral                                                                                                  Order #: 281135
                                                                               5000 micron—ph neutral


                           The Lion Ultimo Mountboard Filing System

Ultimo Mountboard Filing Drawer
 The Ultimo mountboard filing draw solves the time
  honoured problem of mountboard storage. This well
  designed storage solution takes the hassle out of
  searc hing around for your mountboard, helping you
  to find your colours quickly, effectively and with
  minimum fuss….plus it keeps the board nice and tidy.
  It can fit up to 80 sheets of mountboard into the steel
  based slider which has two large wheels at the front
  and it fits under almost any workbench with ease. A
  clear height of 855mm high or more and 1220mm
  deep.
 Two units can be simply joined together with small
  bolts for stability and the unit can take mountboard
  up to 1200mm x 830mm, however an extender bolt
  set is available for 1220mm mountboard.
 Supplied in a complete carton and quick self assembly
  instructions….plus the Lion seal of quality!


                                                Notice:- Ultimo Mountboard Filing Draw
 All intellectual property rights, including UK patents application, US patent US D527, 211S, European Community Register Design,
  No 000220884-1 copyright (2004), unregistered design rights, and unregistered trade mark rights, relating to the product, packaging
 and associated literature, and the right to obtain further intellectual property rights relating to this product, packaging and associated
                                                   literature, belong to Martin Harrold

                                                             Price: £79.00
                                                             Order #: 06111
Page 72




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                         Mount/Mat/Panel and Glass Cutting



                           Cutting at its best. For the best results in the Business
                                                                                                                       Page 73




                                    Tabmaster Recommends Gunnar

GUNNAR Have long been regarded for producing quality
Computerised Mat Cutters (CMC’s). That’s why Tabmaster is
happy to recommend you buy one!! Swiss made with Swiss                                        GUNNAR CONTACT DETAILS
Quality, the development of Gunnar mat cutters began in 1991
by Mr Ulf Weissenberger and his son Andreas. With experience                                        Sarah Osbourne GCF
in framing dating back to 1978 they both identified the need for
a more efficient way to cut mounts. With Andreas’s experience                                          UK/Eire Office
and education as a mechanical engineer and Ulfs framing                                                6a Albany Road
experience...The Gunnar Mat Cutter was born!                                                            Birmingham
                                                                                                          B17 9JX
With offices and representatives ac ross the world Gunnar has
fast become one of the most popular CMC’s the world has ever                                        Mobile—07976 378 704
seen. With a complete range from Industrial users to individual                                      Fax—01214 272 787
framers, the picture framing industry has firmly joined the high
tech revolution                                                                                  salesuk@gunnar-europe.com
                                                                                                   www.gunnar-europe.com
As Gunnar say, soon manual cutting will be a thing of the past!

                                               GUNNAR F1

                                                State of the art construction ensures optimal economy with a simple friendly user
                                               operation. An ideal machine for small businesses producing 100 to several 1000
                                               mounts per month. Modular design for easy maintenance. Tool free blade change in a
                                               matter of seconds. Also comes with a dynamic blade depth adjustment for v-grooves,
                                               bevel cuts and double mounts. With a maximum cutting speed of 500 mm/sec and a
                                               pneumatic tube clamping system

                                               GUNNAR 601

                                                Optimising the waste allows maximum board usage with the 601. Two cutting heads
                                               have 45 and 90 degree angles and is able to cut openings and outer cuts in the same
                                               operation. Automatic blade depth adjustment DBD for v-grooves or double mounts
                                               without manual intervention. Using COE–mode you can cut on 2 surfaces
                                               consecutively. Its also able to cut from the front and the back and cuts through even
                                               the hardest museum board up to 3.5 mm with absolute ease. Cuts formats up to 1560
                                               x 1030 mm as well as the newer jumbo boards. Modular build facilitates simple
                                               servicing and maintenance and is ideal for constant use and large contracts.


                                               GUNNAR 3001

                                                Two cutting heads have 45 and 90 degree angles. With the 3001 the automatic blade
                                               depth adjustment DBD has the 45 degree head adjust itself to the correct depth
                                               depending on the requirement for v-grooves or double mats without changing the
                                               blade. An adjustable vacuum field holds the board securely in place. It also optimises
                                               waste by cutting right to the edge. In COE mode the two cutting fields can be operated
                                               consecutively (3001—XL). You can choose weather to cut from the front or the back
                                               and is ideal for 24 hour constant operation where necessary. A real “top of the class”
                                               product


        Blades—Normal Pk 200 - 01012—All          Price: £47.86      Long Clamping Tube                       Price: £30.10
        Machines                                  Order #: 17121                                              Order #: 17124

        Blades Ex-Hard Pk 200—01013—All           Price: £47.86      White Plastic Blade Holders              Price: £5.72
        Machines                                  Order #: 17122                                              Order #: 17125

        Short Clamping Tube                       Price: £26.80      Aquiline Underlay for the 3001XL         Price: £51.30
                                                  Order #: 17123                                              Order #: 17126
Page 74




                            Fletcher Terry Mount and Panel Cutting Range

          Fletcher 2200 Mount Cutter                                       Fletcher 1100 Oval/Circle Cutter


                                                                                                                         Price: £1330.00
                                                                                                                         Order #: 16124




   Fletcher 2200—Comes in 40” (1016 mm), 48” (1219 mm) and               Fletcher 1100—Oval/Circle Cutter
   60” (1524 mm) Versions                                                 Who For—Craftsman/Contract
    Who For—Craftsman/Contract/ Semi Pro                                 Features—Perfect circles and ovals. With a patented cutting
    Features—Additional holes on the pin locator system—now up            system exclusive to Fletcher. The blades are on centre versus
     to 8” (203 mm) wide border for faster repeat cutting. Deeper          slightly off centre for greater accuracy and less waste. The
     cuts. It can now cut nominal foam board up to 13 mm thick             patented tracking system keeps the blade in a truly fixed
     (straight side). Has a straight side cutting magazine for easier      position and means that there are no stop and start marks and
     loading and to replace the blades. The blades are ideal as they       no leaning ovals. Plus with a 90 degree cutting head its easier
     fit magnetically. Includes a sight line gauge. A guide that helps     than ever to size your glass or mount board for a perf ect fit
     to start and stop on your mark to minimise overcuts. Comes            with your round or oval frame
     with comfort grips and new improved yellow scales for
     accuracy and visibility. The new locking knobs give a more
     secure and comfortable grip. Made with a strong and straight         Two blade design enables you to cut openings and v-grooves
     anodised aluminium base that prevents warping and helps               from the front or back without the need for special
     deliver the Fletcher quality of uninterrupted use and                 attachments. Cut Bevel openings as small as 1” (25mm) and as
     operation. Equally this mount cutter helps actually decrease          large as 24” (610mm). Largest offset to 152 mm. Rotating
     human error through the unique pin locator system making it           handle provides drag free and fatigue free cutting. With two
     child’s play to set accurate borders and multiple mat                 border clamps holding the mount board securely in place, you
     exposures. The ball bearings help the head glide along the            can cut openings within 13 mm of the mounts edge. Warp
     hardened aluminium bar clamp for even easier cutting. Two             resistant base, Measuring stops ensure accuracy when cutting
     large Delrin bushings fit the head snug to the chrome plated          multiple openings for the same frame. Reduce waste and
     steel shaft which eliminates head movement and hooked cuts.           scuffing with “no-mar glide pad”. Comes with bevel cutting
     Extremely easy to use squaring blocks allow you to adjust the         head, 90 degree cutting head, Glass Pillar Post and carbide
     mat guide parallel to the clamp.                                      cutting wheel, border clamps, measuring stop, detailed owners
    Optional accessories include Base plate extensions, squaring          manual.
     arms, clamp lifters, measuring stops and angle mat guides

                                                    Price: £839.00
   Fletcher 2200—40” - 1016 mm                      Order #: 16121

   Fletcher 2200—48” - 1219 mm                      Price: £847.00
                                                    Order #: 16122

   Fletcher 2200—60” - 1524 mm                      Price: £1044.00
                                                    Order #: 16123
                                                                                                                        Page 75




                        Fletcher Terry Mount and Board Cutting Range

        Fletcher 3100 Panel Cutter                                                Fletcher Blades F2200

                                                                        Code           Blade Size (Fletcher Part No)              Price
                                                                       16126         Super Keen .012” x 100 (05-012)              £12.90

                                                                       16127         Super Keen .015” x 100 (05-015)              £12.90

                                                                       16128         .015” Single Edge x 100 (05-016)             £12.90
                                                Price: £1334.33
                                                Order #: 16125
                                                                                  Fletcher Blades F3100

                                                                        Code                     Blade Size                       Price
                                                                       16129     120 degree steel glass Wheel x10 (02-120)        £21.83

                                                                       161210 Plastic Scoring Acrylic Blades x 10 (05-712)        £20.90

                                                                       161211 Foam/Mount Utility Blade x 100 (05-004)             £24.20
                                                                       161212       Hardboard steel wheel set (05-715)            £31.90
Fletcher 3100—Multi—Material Cutter
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract
 Features—This wall mounted material cutter will give years of                   Fletcher Blades F1100
  versatile and accurate cutting. It can cut several framing
  materials up to 12.7 mm in thickness and score or break glass
  up to 6.35 mm thick. Its vertical dimension means that it will        Code                     Blade Size                       Price
  cut any material up to 63” (1600 mm) in height. With its             161213          #3 type blades x 100 (05-007)              £9.47
  unique spring loaded cutting assembly that features
  interchangeable pillar posts, allowing you to match exactly the
  right tool to each cutting surface. You can also change from
  one pillar to post without any tools needed. Trigger activated           Mat Mate Oval / Circle Cutter
  head assembly, with rollers makes breaking off plastic really
  easy. Full length clamp (not for glass) provides non-slip cutting
  and leaves no marks. Composite sleeve bearings reduce
  friction for greater accuracy. Comes with measuring stop that
  helps make quick work of material cutting that needs to be
  exactly the same size. Cutting Gator board, foamboard and                                                    Price: ££61.20
  mount board up to 12.7 mm thick. Scoring glass up to 6.35                                                    Order #: 161229
  mm thick. Pillar post contains a hardened steel wheel. Scoring
  plastics, acrylics and other fracture sensitive materials up to
  6.35 mm thick. Hardboard cutting up to 2.4 mm thick.
 Optional accessories include Aluminium cutting pillar post
  cutting max of .040.
                                                                      Fletcher Mat Mate Oval/Circle Cutter
                                                                       Who For—Craftsman/Contract
                                                                       Features—The Fletcher-Terry Oval/Circle cutter features our
                                                                        patented cutting wheel that helps eliminate start and stop
                                                                        marks by keeping the ball on track. Its made of lightweight
                                                                        aluminium, easy to store and uses standard oval/circle blades.
                                                                        Versatile and for use with mountboard and foamboard. It
                                                                        gives you clean, bevelled edges for oval cuts from 114 mm to
                                                                        610 mm high; and, circle cuts from 533 mm. The offset is 76
                                                                        mm. Equally important, you can switch from cutting ovals to
                                                                        circles—and back again– in seconds with a simple turn of the
                                                                        cutting head knob
Page 76




                            Fletcher Terry Hand Held Glass Cutting Range

                Fletcher Score Master                                          Fletcher Gold Tip Designer II




    Fletcher ScoreMaster—Dry and Fluid Dispensing.
     Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
     Features—Scoremaster glass cutters come in 2 models the
      Scoremaster Dry and the Scoremaster fluid. Both models
      feature hardened plastic, contoured. Pencil grip cutting            Fletcher Gold Tip Designer II
      handles. They are ergonomically designed to enhance comfort          Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
      and reduce fatigue. With the ScoreMaster product you have the        Features—The Gold tip range features three alternate handles
      great advantage of interchangeable heads: Wide for straight line      to choose from for your comfort and convenience. A
      cutting and narrow/swivel for decorative angles. These                contoured brass (with a brass tapping ball for easy break out). A
      hardened steel cutting heads are designed to hold tungsten            lightweight, clear plastic model with an equally clear view of the
      carbide wheels for long lasting, flake free scores. Plus, you can     fluid system (also with brass taping ball) and a fatigue—busting,
      choose from optional wheel angles for different glass thickness       plastic pistol grip. Whatever your preference though you’ll
      Both Models are manufactured with brass tapping balls to              enjoy the added benefit of interchangeable wide and narrow
      facilitate easy glass breakout.                                       cutting heads for straight or swivel pattern cutting. Plus, each
                                                                            cutter works with ease on flat and textured stained glass. All
    ScoreMaster Dry Glass Cutter—140 degree,         Price: £12.40          cutters in this series include the 140 degree tungsten carbide
    Carded                                           Order #: 161214        cutting wheel that snaps securely into the hardened steel
                                                                            cutting head. The head— with steel ball-bearing axel and wheel
    ScoreMaster Fluid dispensing Glass Cutter,       Price: £ TBA           slot—is designed to extend the life of the tungsten carbide
    140 Degree, Carded                               Order #: 161215        wheels and produce smooth flake free scores. Plus eac h model
                                                                            features a cutting head that can swivel or remain fixed,
    Narrow Head—140 Degrees                          Price: £ TBA           dependant on application or your own personal preference.
                                                     Order #: 161216
                                                                          Designer II Clear Plastic Pencil Grip,           Price: £ TBA
    Narrow Head—114 Degrees                          Price: £TBA
                                                                          Narrow Head—140 Degree (Carded)                  Order #: 161228
                                                     Order #: 161217

                                                                          Designer II Solid Brass Pencil Grip, Wide        Price: £17.20
    Wide Head—140 Degrees                            Price: £10.25
                                                                          Head—140 Degree (Carded)                         Order #: 161221
                                                     Order #: 161218
                                                                          Designer II Solid Brass Pencil Grip, Narrow Price: £ TBA
    Wide Head—154 Degrees                            Price: £11.15
                                                                          Head—140 Degree (Carded)                    Order #: 161222
                                                     Order #: 161219
                                                                          Designer II Clear Plastic Pistol Grip,           Price: £ TAB
                  Fletcher Envirogold                                     Narrow Head—140 Degree (Carded)                  Order #: 161223

                                                                          Designer II Clear Plastic Pistol Grip, Wide      Price: £15.80
                                                                          Head—140 Degree (Carded)                         Order #: 161224
                                   Price: £4.63
                                   Order #: 161220
                                                                          Replacement Wide Head—140 Degree                 Price: £13.45
                                                                                                                           Order #: 161225
                  Logan 250—Craft and Hobby
                   Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                            Replacement Narrow Head—140 Degree               Price: £12.95
                   Features—.Fletc hers glass cutting fluid.                                                              Order #: 161226
                    Specifically designed for the Designer II Glass
                                                                          Replacement Wide Head—154 Degree                 Price: £ TBA
                    cutter, however works in most fluid glass cutters
                                                                                                                           Order #: 161227
                                                                                                                          Page 77




                                          Logan Mount Cutting Range

                       Logan 250           Logan 301-S          Logan 450          Logan 700-S         Logan 750           Logan 650

  Usage/Level             Light               Light               Medium             Medium               High               High

       Size           24” (610 mm)        32” (810 mm)       40” (1010 mm)         20” (500 mm)        40” or 60”    40”, 48”, 60”
                                                                                                    1010 or 1520mm 1010, 1210, 1520
    Squaring               Yes                  No                    Yes               Yes          27” (680.5 mm)     27” (680.5 mm)

   Max Border            4-1/2”              4-1/4”              4-1/4”                 5”               5-1/2”              5-1/4”
                        114.3 mm            108.0 mm            108.0 mm            127.0 mm            139.7 mm           133.3 mm
 Parallel Mount            No                   Yes                   Yes               Yes                Yes                Yes
     Guide
Production Stops           No                   No                    One               Yes                Yes                Yes

     Surface            Laminate              Vinyl                Vinyl               Vinyl            Laminate           Laminate



     Logan 250—Craft and Hobby                                                   Logan F301—S—Compact


                                                 Price: £50.99                                                          Price: £79.99
                                                 Order #: 03121                                                         Order #: 03122



Logan 250—Craft and Hobby                                               Logan 301-S—Compact
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                       Who For—Hobbyist
 Features—.24” (610 mm ) Mount cutter providing a great                 Features— Versatile, portable 32” (810 mm) mount cutter
  solution for the hobbyist. Its supplied with all the tools you’ll       providing affordable and professional results. Open ended
  need to enjoy truly professional results in a quick and easy way.       guide rail allow bevel cuts in mount boards of any size.
  Product includes straight edge, squaring T-Bars, Bevel Cutting          Downsize mount board up to 749.3 mm. Includes a parallel
  head and a Logan 500 mat knife, measuring scale and a creative          mount guide for setting border widths from 19 mm to 108
  cutting guide. Small enough to fit in a backpack this mount             mm, a safety lock to keep the guide secure while cutting,
  cutter is the most economical mount cutter Logan ever                   instant release mount knobs, built in carry handle in box,
  produced                                                                spring loaded, serrated aluminium guide rail, Includes both
                                                                          Bevel and Straight Cutting heads


                                              Logan 450 Intermediate

                                                                        Logan 450—Intermediate
                                                                         Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman
                                                                         Features— An economical all purpose 40” (1010 mm) mount
                                                                          cutting system capable of cutting fill 32”x 40” (813 x 1016
                                                                          mm) sheets of mount board. Includes a parallel mount guide
                                                                          for setting border widths up to 1080 mm, a 90 degree squaring
                                                                          bar for true corners, scaled production stop, quick release
                                      Price: £165.99                      mount guide knobs, built in handle in a box, straight cutting
                                      Order #: 03123                      head and a bevel cutting head. Designed in mind for Artists,
                                                                          photographers, crafters and framers.
Page 78




                                             Logan Mount Cutting Range

          Logan 700-S—Simplex Studio                                        Logan 650, 655 & 660 Framers


                                                    Price: £136.99
                                                    Order #: 03124




   Logan 700-S– Simplex Studio
    Who For—Photographers
    Features—.Easy to operate 20” (500 mm) mount cutting system
     designed specifically for the photographer. Handles
     mountboard up to 16” x 20” (400 mm x 500 mm). Small 12” x
     23” (305 mm x 584 mm) system doesn’t require a lot of space,
     which is perfect for the small studio. Includes parallel mount      Logan 650, 655 & 660 Framers Edge
     guide for setting the border widths up to 5” (127 mm), 90            Who For—Craftsman
     degree squaring bar, straight cutting head and a bevel cutting       Features— A newly designed supporting arm mounting block
     head.                                                                 better secures the support arms to the laminate board surfac e
                                                                           for a stronger hinge and less flex, extending the life of the tool.
                                                                           It now has included is a flush cut non-scaled squaring arm for
      Logan 750 & 760 Simplex Plus                                         smaller jobs that don’t require the full 27” squaring arm. The
                                                                           mount guide has also been improved with new large quick
                                                                           release knobs. Features an easy to use thumb knob on the
                                                                           cutting head for comfort during long periods of usage. The
                                                                           movable stop foot overcut adjustment has a knob for faster
                                                                           adjustment and a micro-adjustment overcut sc rew has been
                                                                           added to the rear of the cutting head. The heavy duty
                                                                           construction make the framers edge a great system for framers
                                                                           and serious artists. Handles high production mount cutting as
                                                                           well as smaller projects. A non-stick coated cutting bar provides
                                                                           smooth cutting and needs no lubrication. Parallel mount guide
                                                                           slides smoothly in aluminium channels and enables quick and
                                                                           accurate border measurements up to 133.3mm. Fully scaled
                                                                           27” 685.8mm squaring arm holds mounts perfectly square.
   Logan 750 and 760 Simplex Plus                                          Base is 190 mm composite board surfaced with a durable easy
    Who For—Hobbyist/Craftsman                                            to clean laminate. Includes production stops, dual and straight
    Features— Provides the quality and ease of use of a professional      bevel cutting heads. Available in Logan 650 (40”), Logan 655
     mount cutter at a fraction of the price. Features dual guide rail     (48”) and Logan 660 (60”) models
     stops for fast production mount cutting, a 27” (686 mm)
     squaring arm for easy material downsizing, parallel mount            Optional Accessories include the extensions for oversized
     guide for setting border widths up to 139.7 mm, durable               mount boards which mounts easily to the 650,655 and 660
     laminated surface, straight cutting head and a bevel cutting          allowing border sizes up to 17” (431.8 mm) using a parallel
     head. Logan 750 (40”) and available in Logan 760 (60”)                mount guide
     models. Bevel cutting head has start and stop indictor, a high
     performance pivot and pull blade action, adjustable blade
     depth, anti– crawl button. Straight edge has 3 blade settings       Logan 650 Framers Edge Mount Cutter               Price: £374.99
     (safety, mountboard and foamboard). Large ergonomical,              (40”)                                             Order #: 03127
     comfortable handle. Start and Stop indicator and a safety
     blade cover
                                                                         Logan 655 Framers Edge Mount Cutter               Price: £497.99
                                                                         (48”)                                             Order #: 03128
   Logan 750 Simplex Plus Mount Cutter              Price: £217.99
   40” (1010 mm)                                    Order #: 03125
                                                                         Logan 660 Framers Edge Mount Cutter               Price: £567.99
                                                                         (60”)                                             Order #: 03129
   Logan 760 Simplex Plus Mount Cutter              Price: £273.99
   60” (1520 mm)                                    Order #: 03126
                                                                                                                                Page 79




                                            Logan Mount Cutting Range

                                     Logan 1110                   Logan 2000                    Logan 3000                  Logan 4000
                                      Free Style                   Push Style                    Pull Style               Deluxe Pull Style

       Blade Action                     Fixed                     Retractable                      Pivot                        Pivot


     Cutting Direction               Push or pull                       Push                        Pull                         Pull


  Patented blade slots for                No                            Yes                          Yes                         Yes
       straighter cuts

     Can be used with                     No                            Yes                          Yes                         Yes
       Adapt-a-rule

  Marker Bar system for                   No                            No                           No                          Yes
     faster marking

  Stop Start Indicator to                 No                            Yes                          Yes                         Yes
     control overcuts



             Logan 1110– Freestyle                                                     Logan 3000– Pull Style
                                  Logan 1110—Freestyle                                                        Logan 3000—Pull Style
                                   Who For—Hobbyist                                                           Who For—Hobbyist
                                   Features—.Cut Unique shapes                                                Features—.Comfortable
                                    and designs into mountboard                                                 operation with an ergonomic
                                    using the Logan freestyle,                                                  handle. Pivot and pull blade in
                                    handheld mount cutter. Its easy                                             the patented flex stop blade slot
                                    to use with either your left or                                             for straighter cuts. Start stop
                                    right hand and is Logan’s most                                              indicator eliminates overcuts.
                                    affordable mount cutting                       Price: £24,75                Upgrade for use on the Adapt-
                                    devise. Follow traced designs by               Order #: 031211              A-Rule straight edge and
      Price: £13.55
                                    pushing or pulling.                                                         Compact or Simplex board
      Order #: 031210
                                                                                                                mounted mount cutters


             Logan 2000 Push Style                                               Logan 4000 Deluxe Pull Style


                                               Price: £18.85                                                             Price: £28.20
                                               Order #: 031212                                                           Order #: 031213



                                                                           Logan 4000 Deluxe Pull Style
Logan 2000 Push Style                                                       Who For—Hobbyist
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                          Features— The deluxe Pull Style is Logan’s most advanced
 Features—.The Logan Push Style handheld mount cutter                       handheld mount cutter. Includes a new ergonomic Knob for
  includes a retractable blade in the Logan patented blade slot.             comfortable operation. Developed and refined by Logan since
  The blade slot prevents blade flex, resulting in straighter cuts. A        1974 the deluxe pull style includes a marker bar system for faster
  Start and stop indicator helps to eliminate overcuts. You can              marking, a pivot and pull blade in the patented slot preventing
  upgrade for use on the Adapt-A-Rule straight edge and the                  flex and giving a straighter cut. Start stop indicators help to
  Compact or Simplex board mounted mount cutting systems.                    eliminate overcuts. Can be upgraded for use on the Adapt-A-
                                                                             Rule and Compact or Simplex board mounted cutting systems
Page 80




                                            Logan Mount Cutting Range

   Logan 524,540 & 560 Adapt-a-Rule                                        Logan 424 & 440 Team System




   Logan 524, 540 and 560 Adapt-a-Rule                                 Logan 424 and 440 Team System
    Who For—Hobbyist                                                   Who For—Hobbyist
    Features— Use your hand held mount cutter, straight cutter,        Features—Get it all at once. This practical combo system
     glass cutter or mat knife to an Adapt-a-rule cutting guide and      includes a 24” (610 mm) or 40” (1010 mm) straight edge and a
     enjoy straighter, faster, more accurate cuts. The 24” (610 mm)      Logan Handheld Mount cutter for accurate, high quality
     and the 40” (1010 mm) models include a none slip rubberised         mount cutting. Just mark your borders using the ruled straight
     base and a metric ruled guide. The unruled 60” (1520 mm)            edge, attac h the cutting head and cut from line to line. All
     model includes a C-Clamp. Upgrade kit included for Logan            models include a non-slip rubberised base, metric ruled straight
     2000,3000 and 4000 only                                             edge and a Logan handheld Mount cutter (2000 push style
                                                                         handheld cutter). This sy stem can also be used with the Logan
   Logan 524 Adapt-a-Rule                          Price: £19.50         Glass Cutter or Straight cutter.
   24” (610 mm)                                    Order #: 031214

   Logan 540 Adapt-a-Rule                          Price: £33.50       Logan 424 Team System—                          Price: £33.50
   40” (1010 mm)                                   Order #: 031215     24” (610 mm)                                    Order #: 031217

   Logan 560 Adapt-a-Rule                          Price: £40.50       Logan 440 Team System—                          Price: £47.99
   Un-ruled 60” (1520 mm) - With C Clamp           Order #: 031216     40” (1010 mm)                                   Order #: 031218


            Logan 701—Straight Cutter                                             Logan 704 Glass Cutter

                                  Logan 701 Straight Cutter                                            Logan 704 Glass Cutter
                                   Who For—Hobbyist                                                    Who For—Hobbyist
                                   Features—Pull Type 90 degree                                        Features—Pull type 90 degree
                                    straight cutter with comfort                                         glass cutter with comfortable 3”
                                    handle. Use with any straight                                        76.2 mm ergonomic handle.
                                    edge. 3 depth settings: Safety ,                                     Use with any straight edge.
                                    Single sheet and 4.8mm                                               Includes one cutting wheel and
                                    foamboard. Includes nylon                                            the nylon screws and guides to
                                    guides and screws to add to                                          add on to the Adapt-a-Rule,
                                    Adapt-a-rule, Team System,                                           Team System, Compact,
          Price: £22.10             Compact, Intermediate and                                            Intermediate, Simplex Plus
                                                                            Price: £24.99
          Order #: 031219           Simplex Plus systems                                                 systems
                                                                            Order #: 031220


       Logan 1500 Foamboard Cutter
                                                                                         Don’t Forget your
                        Logan 1500 Foamboard Cutter
                         Who For—Hobbyist                                                   blades,
                         Features—Push or pull style, reversible
                          fixed blade foam board cutter and be
                          used with any suitable straight edge. Cuts                  There’s a list overleaf!
                          90 degrees and 45 degree bevel with an
                          adjustable blade depth of 3.2 mm and 9.5
   Price: £16.50          mm.
   Order #: 031221
                                                                                                                                   Page 81




                                         Logan Mount Cutting Range

  Logan 703—Simplex V-Groover                                                            Logan 705—V Groover

                   Logan 703 Simplex V-Groover                                                                  Logan 705— V-Groover
                    Who For—Hobbyist                                                                            Who For—Hobbyist
                    Features— Patented V-Groover cuts                                                           Features— Works with
                     accurately in just a few seconds. Saves                                                      production stops on Logan
                     time by cutting only the surface of the                                                      professional mount cutting
                     mountboard. No taping required. Works                                                        systems. Including 310,350, 600,
                     in conjunction with all of Logan’s 700                                                       655 and 660. Includes v groove
                     series. Also works with the 450                                                              stop. Because it cuts from the
                     Intermediate +. Includes V-Groove stop.                                                      surface, no trimming, taping or
                     Because it cuts from the surfac e, no                                                        marking is required. Unique
                     trimming, taping or marking is required.                                                     push pull design allows straight
                     Unique push pull design allows straight                                                      and diagonal cuts. Groove width
                     and diagonal cuts. Groove width is 0.8                    Price: £99.99                      is 0.8 mm to 2.0 mm
Price: £71.99        mm to 2.0 mm                                              Order #: 031223
Order #: 031222


Logan 706—Universal V-Groover                                               Logan 201—Oval and Circle Cutter

                   Logan 706—Universal v-groover
                    Who For—Hobbyist
                    Features— For use with production stops                                                               Price: £66.99
                     on most professional mount cutters,                                                                   Order #: 031225
                     using a 15.875 mm thick cutting bar rod,
                     including most Fletcher 2000/2100 and
                     C&H Advantage Pro. Includes a guide                   Logan 201—Oval and Circle Cutter
                     rail stop, V-Groove stop. Because it cuts              Who For—Hobbyist
                     from the surface, no trimming, taping or               Features— Patented 3 step mec hanism is fast, portable, very easy
                     marking is required. Unique push pull                   to use. Cuts bevel openings without connecting to any other
                     design allows straight and diagonal cuts.               equipment. Cuts single, double or triple mounts. Adjust with a
Price: £114.99       Groove width is 0.8 mm to 2.0 mm                        twist of a knob. Cuts ovals from 82.5 mm x 120 mm to 510 mm
Order #: 031224                                                              x 580 mm and circles to 115 mm x 510 mm.


    Blade Number                 QTY and Description                             Fits to What Cutter                    Code            Price

       270-100             Bl ister Cards (20 packs of 5 bl ades)   250, 301, 401, 424, 440, 450, 500, 525, 700-S,     031226          £15.05
                                                                             701, 750, 2000, 3000, 4000
       270-50              Bl ister Cards (10 packs of 5 bl ades)   250, 301, 401, 424, 440, 450, 500, 525, 700-S,     031227           £9.90
                                                                             701, 750, 2000, 3000, 4000

       270-10              Bl ister Cards (2 packs of 5 bl ades)    250, 301, 401, 424, 440, 450, 500, 525, 700-S,     031228           £1.99
                                                                             701, 750, 2000, 3000, 4000

       269-100                  Box (20 packs of 5 bl ades)                         650, 655, 660                      031229          £16.50

       268-100                  Box (20 packs of 5 bl ades)                         650, 655, 660                      031230          £17.50

       324-20                   Bl ister Pack of 20 bl ades                           201, 1100                        031231           £6.10

        324-5                    Bl ister pack of 5 bl ades                           201, 1100                        031232           £6.20

        492-5                    Bl ister Pack of 5 bl ades                             1500                           031233           £2.60

       1258-20                  Bl ister pack of 20 bl ades                         703, 705, 706                      031234           £7.60

        768                     3 x Gl ass Cutter Wheel s                                704                           031235          £11.99

        255                        5 x 2 H Pencil l eads                                4000                           031236        Coming Soon
Page 82




                                           Logan Art Deckle Range

            Logan A1001 6” (Fine)                                             Logan A1006 12” (Fine)

                       Logan A1001 6” Art Deckle (Fine)                                      Logan A1006 12” Art Deckle (Fine)
                        Who For—Hobbyist                                                     Who For—Hobbyist
                        Features— Use this professional tool                                 Features— Use this professional tool
                         to quickly create a natural truly                                     to quickly create a natural truly
                         random deckle edge, custom shape,                                     random deckle edge, custom shape,
                         or photo window on any size or                                        or photo window on any size or
                         weight of paper. This tools short                                     weight of paper. This tools 12” and
                         length and fine pattern of edge                                       fine pattern of edge design make it
                         design make it the ideal size to slide                                the ideal size to slide around a traced
     Price: £5.99                                                     Price: £9.89
                         around a traced shape (heart, oval,                                   shape (heart, oval, square etc) to
     Order #: 031237                                                  Order #: 031238
                         square etc) to deckle shaped                                          deckle shaped openings. At 12” this
                         openings. The –o– centre feature                                      tool extends beyond both edges of
                         locates the exact centre of your                                      the paper, making alignment easy.
                         artwork. The straight or wavy edges                                   The –o– centre feature locates the
                         create embossed effects (using stylus                                 exact centre of your artwork . The
                         sold separately). Made of stainless                                   straight or wavy edges create
                         steel for a long life                                                 embossed effects (using stylus sold
                                                                                               separately). Made of stainless steel for
                                                                                               a long life
          Logan A1002 12” (Medium)
                                                                              Logan A1003 18” (Bold)
                       Logan A1002 12” Art Deckle
                       (Medium)                                                             Logan A1006 18” Art Deckle (Bold)
                        Who For—Hobbyist
                        Features— Use this professional tool                                Who For—Hobbyist
                         to quickly create a natural truly                                   Features— Use this professional tool to
                         random deckle edge, custom shape,                                    quickly create a natural, truly random
                         or photo window on any size or                                       deckle edge, custom shape, or photo
                         weight of paper. This tools 12” and                                  window on any size of weight or paper.
                         fine pattern of edge design make it
     Price: £9.89                                                                             The 18” has a muc h larger deeper edge
                         the ideal size to slide around a traced
     Order #: 031239                                                 Price: ££16.25           pattern suitable for larger prints,
                         shape (heart, oval, square etc) to
                                                                     Order #: 031240          heavier paper, large sheets of
                         deckle shaped openings. At 12” this                                  scrapbook paper or simply for making
                         tool extends beyond both edges of                                    a bolder statement. The length of this
                         the paper, making alignment easy.                                    tool is perfect for easy alignment when
                         The –o– centre feature locates the                                   tearing edges or embossing because it
                         exact centre of your artwork . The                                   will extend beyond the paper edges
                         straight or wavy edges create                                        necessary for alignment when
                         embossed effects (using stylus sold                                  embossing. The –0– centre feature
                         separately). Made of stainless steel for                             locates the exact centre of the Art
                         a long life                                                          work. The straight or wavy edges create
                                                                                              embossed effects (using stylus sold
      Logan A1036 36” (Watercolour)                                                           separately). Made of hardened Stainless
                                                                                              steel for a long life

                              Price: £25.99
                              Order #: 031241

                         Logan A1036 36” Art Deckle (Watercolour)
                          Who For—Hobbyist
                          Features— Watercolour artists prefer a more permanent and exacting process for the whole of a piece when
                           art deckling. The length of this tool allows for easy alignment when tearing the edges of large watercolour
                           prints. The –o– centre feature locates the exact centre of your artwork. The straight or wavy edges create
                           embossed effects (using stylus sold separately). Made of stainless steel for a long life
                                                                                                                          Page 83




                                       FrameCo Mount Cutting Range

         FrameCo Mat Master 660                                               FrameCo Mat Master 1000


                                                 Price: £44.50                                                         Price: £56.50
                                                 Order #: 05121                                                        Order #: 05122




FrameCo Mat Master 660                                                FrameCo Mat Master 1000
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                     Who For—Hobbyist
 Features— The Mat Master 660 is an innovative bevel mount            Features— The Mat Master system 1000 features a 1 meter (40”)
  cutting system suitable for all beginners. All the latest design      heavy duty non-slip rule, and the easy to grip #201 bevel cutter .
  features such as a robust non-slip rule, easy to grip #210 bevel      All the latest design features make this an easy system to use for
  cutting head, making it easy for single and double mounts.            making long bevel cuts in standard Mount Board. Bevel cutting
  Bevel cutting head which will not slip or hook. Start and Stop        head will not hook or slip. Start and Stop line on cutting head.
  line on cutting head. Longer rule—660 mm or 24” cuts. Heavy           Longer rule 1000 mm or 40”. Heavy duty non slip rule.
  duty non slip rule. Kit includes #201 Bevel cutter head, 660          Includes #201 bevel cutter head, 1000 mm—40” rule, 10 blades
  mm—26” rule, 10 blades and an adjustment key                          and an adjustment key.


       FrameCo Mat Master 660B                                              FrameCo Mat Master 1000B


                                                 Price: £79.99                                                         Price: £127.99
                                                 Order #: 05123                                                        Order #: 05124




FrameCo Mat Master 660B                                               FrameCo Mat Master 1000B
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                     Who For—Hobbyist
 Features— The Mat Master 660B upgrades the standard 660 kit          Features— The Mat Master system 1000B upgrades the standard
  by including a solid aluminium base board and a new border            1000 kit by including a solid aluminium base board and a new
  width gauge and Mount guide. Also includes #101 straight              border width gauge and mount gauge. Also includes #101
  cutter , production stop and detailed mount cutting                   straight cutter, production stop and detailed mount board
  instructions. The mount guide can be calibrated for squareness.       cutting instructions. The mount guide can be calibrated for
  Measures borders up to 120 mm—5” wide, and keeps the mount            squareness. Measures borders up to 120 mm—5” wide, and
  board steady while cutting. The 660B features the convenience         keeps the mount steady while cutting. The 1000B features the
  that the rule will lift-off the base for use elsewhere. The Bevel     convenience that the rule will lift-off the base for use elsewhere.
  cutting head will not slip or hook. Has a start and stop line on      The Bevel cutting head will not slip or hook. Has a start and
  the cutting head. Straight cutter with inbuilt mount guide for        stop line on the cutting head. Straight cutter with inbuilt mount
  accurate measurements. Solid aluminium base with a mount              guide for accurate measurements. Solid aluminium base with a
  cutting stop. The kit includes #201 Bevel cutter head, 660mm-         mount cutting stop. The kit includes #201 Bevel cutter head,
  26” rule and baseboard, mount guide and border width gauge,           1000 mm-40” rule and baseboard, mount guide and border
  #101 straight cutter, production stop, operating instructions, 10     width gauge, #101 straight cutter, production stop, operating
  blades and an adjustment key                                          instructions, 10 blades and an adjustment key
Page 84



                                          FrameCo Mount Cutting Range

          FrameCo Mat Master 860B                                               FrameCo Mat Master 1060B


                                                   Price: £178.99                                                         Price: £208.99
                                                   Order #: 05125                                                         Order #: 05126




   FrameCo Mat Master 860B                                                FrameCo Mat Master 1060B
    Who For—Hobbyist/Semi-Pro                                             Who For—Hobbyist/Semi-Pro
    Features— Ideal for the home or small business, and suitable for      Features— A true 40” cutter. Designed to take full sheets of all
     the artist, photographer and DIY hobby framer. The cutting             the popular mount boards. Most mountboards measure 1020
     capacity is 820 mm—32” so the cutter will take a full sheet of         mm—40.5” long so the mount master 1060B will take a full
     mountboard, sideways (ie full sheet cut in half). The 860B is          sheet of mountboard lengthways, ready to cut down to size or
     ideal for the DIY framer cutting up to 20 mounts per week. The         bevel cut. With all the standard features of the Mat Master
     cutter produces a crisp clean corner. Bevel cutter will not hook       Range plus the addition of the dual locking system for the
     or slip. Start and Stop marker for accurate cutting. Straight          mount guide. Has the Bevel cutter which will not hook or slip.
     cutter with 10 blades, slip mat and slip mat stop, production          Stop and Start marker for accurate cutting. Straight cutter with
     stops. Exclusive speed stop system and a large capacity border         10 blades and a slip mat with slip mat stop. Production stops,
     width gauge. Kit includes #210 Bevel Cutter, #101 straight             exclusive speed stop sy stem and a large border width gauge. Kit
     cutter, exclusive speed stop system, hinged arm, production            includes #201 Bevel cutter, #101 straight cutter, hinged arm,
     stop, slip mat stop, slip mat. 10 blades, adjustment key, 600 mm       adjustment key, 600mm Rt squaring arm and a 140 mm
     right squaring arm for easy external mat cutting and 140 mm            capacity border width gauge, for even wider borders.
     capacity border width gauge for even wider borders.

          FrameCo Mat Master 1260B                                              FrameCo Mat Master 1660B


                                                   Price: £258.99                                                         Price: £258.99
                                                   Order #: 05127                                                         Order #: 05128




   FrameCo Mat Master 1260B                                               FrameCo Mat Master 1660B
    Who For—Hobbyist/Semi-Pro                                             Who For—Hobbyist
    Features— Made especially for the English and European market         Features— Oversize mount cutter for large format framing
     with a 1220 mm—47” cutting capacity. For the artist, digital           1600mm—60” cut. For the artist, digital panoramic
     panoramic photographer and craft mak er. The mount guide               photographer and craft maker. The mount guide runs the full
     runs the full length of the cutter table and has a locking system      length of the cutter table and has a locking system both ends of
     both ends of the mount guide to ensure stability of the guide          the mount guide to ensure stability of the guide when cutting
     when cutting the board. Has the Bevel cutter which will not            the board. Has the Bevel cutter which will not hook or slip.
     hook or slip. Start and stop marker for accurate cutting, straight     Start and stop marker for accurate cutting, straight cutter with
     cutter with 10 blades. Slip mat and slip mat stop. Production          10 blades. Slip mat and slip mat stop. Production stops.
     stops. Exclusive speed stop system. Large capacity border width        Exclusive speed stop system. Large capacity border width gauge.
     gauge. Kit includes #201 Bevel cutter, #101 straight cutter,           Kit includes #201 Bevel cutter, #101 straight cutter, hinged arm,
     hinged arm, adjustment key, 600mm Rt squaring arm and a 140            adjustment key, 600mm Rt squaring arm and a 140 mm
     mm capacity border width gauge, for even wider borders.                capacity border width gauge, for even wider borders.
                                                                                                                         Page 85




                                        FrameCo Mount Cutting Range

   FrameCo Mat Master #101 Bevel                                         FrameCo Mat Master #102 Bevel

                                                                                                                   #102 Right Handed

                                                  Price: £11.50                                                         Price: £22.99
                                                  Order #: 05129                                                        Order #: 051210

                                                                                                                     #102 Left Handed
                                                                                                                        Price: £22.99
                                                                                                                        Order #: 051211

FrameCo Mat Master #101 Bevel Cutter                                   FrameCo Mat Master #102 Bevel Cutter (right or left handed
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                     models available).
 Features— A Push Style cutter with the blade set at 45 degrees.       Who For—Hobbyist
  The head attac hes to all FrameCo rules, including a start and        Features— A well designed easy to grip handle will not cause
  stop line for accurate corners, a finger grip recess and a metal       wrist fatigue or finger pain when cutting multiple mats, claims
  locking screw for blade adjustment. Can be used left or right          FrameCo. The stop/Start marker ensures accurate and clean
  handed. Machined out of solid aluminium and anodised blue.             corners every time. An easy and safe cutter to use. With better
  Although the blade is not spring loaded the cutter is an easy to       control any forward creep or sudden slipping is eliminated so
  use base model bevel cutter.                                           over cutting is considerably reduced. Left or Right handed
                                                                         Models available.


  FrameCo 90 Degree Straight Cut                                       FrameCo Groove Master V-Groove


                                          Price: £27.50                                                        Price: £28.50
                                          Order #: 051212                                                      Order #: 051213




                                                                       FrameCo Groove Master V-Groove Kit
FrameCo Mat Master 90 degree Straight Cutter                            Who For—Hobbyist
 Who For—Hobbyist                                                      Features— The V-Grooves add a stylish look to your framing.
 Features— The Mat Master 90 degree Straight cutter ensures safe        The GrooveMaster is designed to attach to the MatMaster Rule
  and easy cutting of foam and cardboard. This is the only straight      increasing its accuracy and ease of use. The kit comes complete
  cutter with a retractable blade, so it’s safe to leave around your     with a corner gauge which makes marking the V-Groove spacing
  workspac e and prevents blade damage.                                  in the corners quick and easy


                                                        FrameCo Blades

          Description                          Quantity                           Code                                Price

   MatMaster Deepcut Blades                        10                            051214                              £5.50


  MatMaster Standard Blades                        10                            051215                              £2.80


      GrooveMaster Blades                          10                            051216                              £5.50
Page 86




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                        Glues, Adhesives, and Glue Machines



                                        Sticky stuff for the sticky jobs!
                                                                                                                           Page 87




                                         Gluefast Glue Machine Range

           Gluefast Colonel Gluer                                       Gluefast Senator Top Coat Gluer




Gluefast Colonel Herald Gluer for Large Label, Print, Poster           Gluefast Senator Top Coat Gluer
and Photo mounting                                                      Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer
 Who For—Craftsman/Contract Framer                                     Features— Ruggedly designed and built to last in an industrial
 Features— The Colonel Gluer can be an invaluable piece of              environment for trouble free maintenance. Most gluing
  adhesive application equipment for many industrial operations.         machines apply adhesive onto the bottom of the item to be
  This gluing machine allows you to apply a thin film of adhesive        glued. Gluing the top offers greater flexibility in handling.
  onto the paper or board stock with ease. Typically used for            Weather you need to glue paper, prints or board, the Top Coat
  gluing/mounting large paper labels, four colour litho labels or        Gluer applies a water based dextrin or resin adhesive onto
  poster prints the Colonel label gluer is available with a heavy-       nearly any item up to 3” (75 mm) thick. Not only does this
  duty roller system of 20”, 26 and 32” roller widths for precise        adhesive application and gluing equipment shield the gear train
  glue film control. A new 40” machine is now available with             and rollers to protect the operator while in use it also allows for
  extra heavy duty rollers. It features variable speed control and a     a quick clean too!! Equipped with a convenient glue tank that
  large removable glue tray. A true table top gluing machine.            uses an “easy-to-open” valve to dispense adhesive onto the roller
 Optional Accessories Include—Pressure bar attachment for               assembly. Glue control is accomplished by 2 knobs. A pressure
  applying adhesive onto rigid/thick stock such as chipboard,            bar attachment helps propel rigid items through the gluer
  plywood etc up to 20 mm thick                                          assuring an even film of glue or adhesive. Variable speed,
                                                                         stainless steel glue rollers. Can glue up to 13 mm thick. Table
Colonel 500 mm (20”) - Glue machine               Price: £2004.61        top, Floor standing or Conveyor belt models available. 20” (500
                                                  Order #: 37131         mm), 26” (650 mm), 32” (800 mm) and 40” (1000 mm) models
                                                                         available. The most ideal glue machine to apply Craquelure /
Colonel 650 mm (26”) - Glue Machine               Price: £2359.23        Faux Canvas Effect in bulk and fast
                                                  Order #: 37132        Optional Accessories Include—Re-Circulating pump to supply
                                                                         fresh glue or adhesive and then drains the adhesive from the
Colonel 800 mm (32”) - Glue Machine               Price: £2694.61        glue rollers back to the glue containers for maximum glue life.
                                                  Order #: 37133         Optional 3 Meter Conveyor belt for speed and ease with its
                                                                         own adjustable independent motor
Colonel 1000 mm (40”) - Glue Machine              Price: £3477.69
                                                  Order #: 37134
                                                                            Size         Table Model           Floor          Conveyor
                                                                                                             Standing           Belt
Colonel 500 mm (20”) - Glue Machine with          Price: £2490.76                                             Model            Model
attachment for material up to 20 mm thick         Order #: 37135
                                                                          500 mm           £4176.92          £4620.76         £7130.76
Colonel 650 mm (26”) - Glue Machine with          Price: £2863.07                           37139             371313           371317
attachment for material up to 20 mm thick         Order #: 37136          650 mm           £4523.84          £4957.69         £7631.53
                                                                                            371310            371316           371318
Colonel 800 mm (32”) - Glue Machine with          Price: £3210.76
attachment for material up to 20 mm thick         Order #: 37137          800 mm           £4879.23          £5320.00         £8373.84
                                                                                            371311            371314           371319
Colonel 1000 mm (40”) - Glue Machine with Price: £4089.23
                                                                         1000 mm           £6244.61          £6846.15        £10302.30
attachment for material up to 20 mm thick Order #: 37138
                                                                                            371312            371315          371320
Page 88




                                                      Gluefast Glue Range

            Gluefast Solo Glue Ritter                                                Gluefast Mathesive 101
                                                                                               Gluefast Mathesive 101
                                                                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                                Features— Mathesive 101 is an acid free
                                                                                                 water based adhesive that is great for
                                                                                                 gluing Mount board to mount board,
                                                                                                 paper dust covers onto wood, wood to
                                                                                                 wood and most paper to paper gluing
                                                                                                 jobs. Its viscosity was created specifically
                                                                                                 to be used with the Solo Glue Ritter.
                                                                                                 Fast setting formula which is even safe
                                                                                                 for use as a food packaging adhesive and
                                                                                                 although specifically created for the Solo
   Gluefast Solo Glue Ritter                                                                     it can also be used in simple squeeze
    Who For—Anyone!!                                                                            bottles, roll coaters and pressure tanks.
    Features— When you need a reliable glue bottle with precision
     control. It’s a small glue bottle with a ball and spring valve that   Gluefast Mathesive 101—0.946 Ltr               Price: £7.78
     applied a controlled amount of adhesive, developed exclusively                                                       Order #: 26135
     for the picture framing industry, to glue mount boards and
     dustcovers onto the back of the frame. SAY GOODBYE TO                 Gluefast Mathesive 101—3.785 Ltr—1 Gallon Price: £21.88
     DOUBLE SIDED TAPE! It can also be used to apply water-                                                          Order #: 26136
     based adhesive for case and carton sealing, palletising and
     product assembly. With virtually no cleanup needed the                Gluefast Mathesive 101—18.927 Ltr– 5           Price: £86.30
     adhesive applicator can be used to replace double sided tape for      Gallon Pail                                    Order #: 26137
     many applications at a fraction of the cost. The solo is a simple
     plastic squeeze bottle that is filled with the fast setting, acid     Gluefast Mathesive 101—208.19 Ltr—55           Price: £TBA
     free, water based adhesive known as MATHESIVE. This                   Gallon Drum                                    Order #: 26138
     adhesive glue applicator comes equipped with a uniquely
     designed nozzle that contains a ball and spring valve. When the                 Gluefast Mathesive 202
     ball is pressed down it recesses to allow the adhesive flow.
     When the pressure on the ball is released the spring re-seats the
     ball and stops the adhesive flow. Depending on your job use                               Gluefast Mathesive 202
     the MATHESIVE 101 or 102 adhesive. To use si mply remove                                   Who For—Anyone!!
     the bottle from its stand, position the nozzle where necessary                             Features— Mathesive 202 is an acid free
     and press down for a dot of glue. Drag the bottle along for a                               water based adhesive that can do all of
     smooth line of glue. Pulling the bottle up to stop the flow...                              the gluing jobs the 101 can do plus its
     simple. When not using the Solo is placed in a stand, nozzle                                also good for gluing paper dust covers
     side down, inside the stand is a moist sponge which prevents                                onto styrene (ABS) frames. Faster setting
     drying and clogging of the nozzle. Ready to work when you are!!                             than the 101 and also specifically
     Comes in 2 applicator sizes 12.7 mm and 3.17 mm and                                         designed for gluing mountboard to
     includes a 295.73 Ml of MATHESIVE 101 or 202                                                mountboard. Safe for use as a food
                                                                                                 packaging adhesive and although
                                                                                                 specifically created for the Solo it can
   Solo Glue Ritter 12.7 mm nozzle with              Price: £29.44
                                                                                                 also be used in simple squeeze bottles,
   295.73 ml of MATHESIVE 101                        Order #: 26131
                                                                                                 roll coaters and pressure tanks.

                                                                           Gluefast Mathesive 102—0.946 Ltr               Price: £11.10
   Solo Glue Ritter 12.7 mm nozzle with              Price: £29.44                                                        Order #: 26139
   295.73 ml of MATHESIVE 102                        Order #: 26132
                                                                           Gluefast Mathesive 102—3.785 Ltr—1 Gallon Price: £31.89
                                                                                                                     Order #: 261310
   Solo Glue Ritter 3.17 mm nozzle with              Price: £29.44
   295.73 ml of MATHESIVE 101                        Order #: 26133        Gluefast Mathesive 102—18.927 Ltr– 5           Price: £129.73
                                                                           Gallon Pail                                    Order #: 261311

   Solo Glue Ritter 3.17 mm nozzle with              Price: £29.44         Gluefast Mathesive 102—208.19 Ltr—55           Price: £TBA
   295.73 ml of MATHESIVE 102                        Order #: 26134        Gallon Drum                                    Order #: 261312
                                                                                                                         Page 89




                                               Gluefast Glue Range

                    Gluefast Craquelure Faux Finish Texture Coating
                                    Gluefast Craquelure Faux Finish Texture Coating
                                     Who For—Anyone!!
                                     Features— Make your posters and prints look hand painted. Depending on the way this special
                                      polymer coating is applied to the surface of a print, poster or photo, the look of a finished
                                      product can be varied , ranging from a paint-brush look to a canvas type appearance. Available
                                      in Matte, semi-gloss and high gloss finish. Craquelure is an acid free water based acrylic polymer
                                      coating. Craquelure refers to the hairline surface cracking of paintings into characteristic
                                      texture patterns determined by climate conditions and materials used in the creation of
                                      paintings. In the 18th Century Craquelure was so popular that to English painters it became
                                      known as Craquelure Anglaise. Today though restorers often use it to imitate and enhance the
                                      authenticity of their works. Use a Paint brush to completely control the look of the effect. Use a
                                      Paint Roller to provide a textured look, for added texture apply more. Some customers apply
                                      the Matte finish with a roller then apply the semi gloss or high gloss with a paint brush to
                                      highlight target areas. Use a Non Absorbing Roller to apply a thin line of acrylic onto the print.
                                      The coating is applied in one direction and allowed to dry. A second coat is then applied
                                      turning the print 90 degrees providing a textured linen or canvas type look. Use the Senator top
                                      coating machine to apply any item from paper to board stock up to 13 mm thick. Use for high
                                      production runs and for variable coating thickness and speed control. Whether you have a 4
                                      colour mounted lithographed print or black and white photo, your work can look as though
                                      produced by an artist! Drying time varies from a few minutes to an hour dependant on how
                                      muc h you use.

Craquelure texture coating—0.946 Ltrs—        Price: £7.41           Craquelure texture coating—18.92 Ltrs—            Price: £114.73
Matt, Semi or High Gloss (Please Choose)      Order #: 261313        Matt, Semi or High Gloss (Please Choose)          Order #: 261315

Craquelure texture coating—3.78 Ltrs—Matt, Price: £25.05             CR Kit—Includes 1 tub of Matt, Semi and           Price: £25.26
Semi or High Gloss (Please Choose)         Order #: 261314           High Gloss, Tray, Roller and Brush (2”)           Order #: 261316


 Gluefast GF637U Mounting Glue                                        Gluefast GF878U Mounting Glue

                     Gluefast GF637U Mounting Glue                                          Gluefast GF878U Mounting Glue
                      Who For—Anyone!!                                                      Who For—Anyone!!
                      Features— For mounting photos, posters                                Features— Acid Free, Water based
                       and prints onto mount boards, foam                                     adhesive for mounting posters, prints,
                       core, corrugated and wood surfaces. Use                                photographs and other items onto
                       with the Senator or a roller. Water                                    various wooden surfaces. This can also
                       Based vegetable glue with a good tack                                  be used to mount on foamcore,
                       and long open time allow for easy                                      chipboard, mount board and corrugated
                       repositioning. It dries slowly and can be                              surfaces. High in solids and offers
                       removed from the surface for up to 20                                  excellent lay flat qualities. Its well suited
                       mins after gluing. Ideal for posters and                               for use with the Senator or other roll
                       most board. Excellent lay flat, non                                    coaters available. Water based glues are
                       wrinkle characteristics. PH of 6 and                                   made from naturally occurring
                       complies with the US food packaging                                    substances such as corn and are
                       regulations 175.105                                                    processed using starch and dextrin.

Gluefast GF637U Mounting Glue—0.946 ltr Price: £6.52                 Gluefast GF878U Mounting Glue—0.946 ltr Price: £8.17
                                        Order #: 261317                                                      Order #: 261320

Gluefast GF637U Mounting Glue—3.785           Price: £14.95          Gluefast GF878U Mounting Glue—3.785               Price: £21.04
ltr—1 Gallon                                  Order #: 261318        ltr—1 Gallon                                      Order #: 261321

Gluefast GF637U Mounting Glue—18.927          Price: £56.73          Gluefast GF878U Mounting Glue—18.927              Price: £94.87
ltr– 5 Gallon                                 Order #: 261319        ltr– 5 Gallon                                     Order #: 261322
Page 90




                               Trinity Innovations Glue Machine Range

                                   Trinity Mount Master Glue Machines

                                        Trinity Mountmaster 30, 60 and 100
                                         Who For—Craftsman/Contract framer
                                         Features— The Mountmaster range of desktop glue mac hines surpasses the specification of
                                          other glue mac hines on the market. It has an intrinsically safe DC Motor, Variable speed
                                          operation, Easy adjustable glue thickness—just turn the thumb wheels. Easy Clean stainless steel
                                          and aluminium construction with an equally as rugged design. Works best with the innovative
                                          Permagrip (See Below) which allows you to turn off your glue machine overnight without
                                          needing to clean the machine!!!!! Three Models are available. Mountmaster 30 (300 mm / 12”)
                                          wide. Mountmaster 60—(600 mm / 24”) Wide and Mountmaster 100 (1000 mm / 39”) Wide.


                                                     Mountmaster 30 (300 mm) (12”) Glue              Price: £595.00
                                                     Machine                                         Order #: 25131

   Mountmaster 60 (600 mm) (24”) Glue            Price: £995.00         Mountmaster 100 (1000 mm) (39”) Glue            Price: £14.95.00
   Machine                                       Order #: 25132         Machine                                         Order #: 25133


                 Trinity Permagrip Adhesive—No more Machine Cleaning!

                                   Trinity Permagrip Adhesive
                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                                    Features— An adhesive which covers many applications. This fast setting glue allows you a short
                                     timeframe to easily reposition your work before permanent adhesion takes place. The specially
                                     formulated adhesive can be left in a machine overnight without the adhesive degrading or gumming
                                     up the glue machine. Switch your machine off at the end of the day, no clean down time, switch
                                     your mac hine on the next day and you’re ready to go! Specifically designed for use with faster
                                     machinery and is both acid free and neutral.

                                    Price: £55.30
                                    Order #: 25134


          Bostik PVA Wood Adhesive                                               Evo Stik Wood Adhesive




   Bostik PVA Wood Adhesive                                             EVO Stik Wood adhesive
    Who For—Anyone!!                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
    Features— A fast setting wood adhesive. Water resistant for         Features— Evo Stick wood adhesive. Similar to Bostick PVA,
     interior and exterior use. Meets strength standard DIN 68602         but for internal use only. Comes in 3 sizes 250ml, 500ml and
     Grade B3. Full bond strength in 24 hours, however this may
     vary depending on the conditions kept in and amount applied.
     Optimum water resistance is achieved after 7 days of bonding.      Evo Stik Wood adhesive 250 ml                   Price: £5.55
     Come in 1 litre and 500 ml bottles                                                                                 Order #: 07133

   Bostik 1 litre bottle of PVA wood adhesive    Price: £7.60           Evo Stik Wood Adhesive 500 ml                   Price: £7.61
                                                 Order #: 07131                                                         Order #: 07134

   Bostik 500 ml bottle of PVA wood adhesive     Price: £4.84           Evo Stik Wood Adhesive 1 litre                  Price: £14.53
                                                 Order #: 07132                                                         Order #: 07135
                                                                                              Page 91




                             3M Adhesive Aerosol Range

3M Spray 75 Repositionable                                3M Spray 77 Multi-Purpose

         3M Spray 75 Repositionable                             3M Spray 77—Multi purpose adhesive
          Who For—Anyone!!                                      Who For—Anyone!!
          Features— Gives a “tape-like” bond to                 Features— Ideal for low pressure spraying as
           most lightweight materials like                        it has minimal misting. Fast tacking and has
           cardboard, plastic sheets, cloth paper                 a low soak for in for a lasting bond. Ideal
           etc. It is not however recommended for                 for attaching foils, carpeting, lightweight
           use with photos, posters and large                     foams, paper, cardboard, felt and cloth to
           prints. Adheres in seconds, but has a                  painted and unpainted metals woods and
           long time before setting. Ideal for                    hardboard. Fast drying in around 15
           temporary holding prior to final                       seconds and a nearly clear colour when dry.
           finishing of a job. 500ml Can                          No ozone CFC’s!! - 500ml Can
         Price: £9.60                                           Price: £9.60
         Order #: 07136                                         Order #: 07137



 3M Spray 90 High Strength                               3M Spraymount Repositionable
      3M Spray 90 High strength                                 3M Spraymount Repositionable
       Who For—Anyone!!                                         Who For—Anyone!!
       Features— A high strength spray adhesive                 Features— An adhesive that provides a fast,
        for use on applications where a high initial              Repositionable and secure bond that wont
        strength is required. Ideal for woods, metals             go brittle with age. Ideal for paste-up and
        and plastics. The easiest way to apply                    artwork. Also ideal for sticking down and
        adhesive to large areas. Stronger than Spray              mounting most common lightweight
        77. Low mist and bonds fast with a high                   materials. Wont wrinkle stain or bleed
        temperature resistance. Ideal for quick                   through thin papers. Available in a 400 ml
        repairs too and dries transparent. Comes in               can
        a 500ml can
      Price: £9.99                                              Price: £10.95
      Order #: 07138                                            Order #: 07139



3M Photomount Mid Strength                                3M Displaymount High Tack

       3M Photomount mid strength                               3M Displaymount Hi Tack Adhesive
        Who For—Anyone!!                                        Who For—Anyone!!
        Features— An ideal product for the                      Features— Specially designed for use for
         permanent bonding of photos, maps prints                 exhibition, studio and theatre sets where a
         and drawings. It has a slow drying time to               heavy duty adhesive is required. Ideal for
         allow a short time for pin point accuracy                bonding plastic, wood, paper, board and
         before the final bonding takes place. A clear            carpet. Clear and none staining. Provides
         professional grade spray adhesive which is               an instant hold, fast strenglth build up and
         PH neutral. Comes in a 400 ml can. Easy to               secure long term fixing. Available in 400 ml
         use on large areas.                                      cans.


       Price: £10.95                                            Price: £10.95
       Order #: 071310                                          Order #: 071311
Page 92




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                            Tapes and Packaging Materials



                            To finish the back of a frame or to finish the order
                                        and send it out. Pack it up!
                                                                                                            Page 93




                         Economy, Frame Sealing Tapes. ECO

Tabmaster Kraft “ECO -15” Tape                                Tabmaster Kraft “ECO -25” Tape
               Tabmaster Self adhesive “ECO 15”                                 Tabmaster Self adhesive “ECO 25”
               Paper Tape                                                       Paper Tape
                Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                Features— A great quality, general                              Features— Ideal for sealing the back of
                 purpose self adhesive tape. 60gsm paper                          frames. 70 gsm with an aggressive
                 with a very aggressive, long lasting                             adhesive sy stem. Very flexible and sticks
                 adhesive sy stem. Very pliable and is                            to itself very well. For a great finish to
                 easily shaped to the back of the frame.                          the rear of the frame
                 Sticks to itself very well.

            Size        Outer/       Code      Price Per                     Size         Outer/       Code      Price Per
                        Carton                   Roll                                     Carton                   Roll
ECO 15   25mm x 50m        72        08141       £0.90        ECO 25      25mm x 50m        72         08145       £1.00

ECO 15   38mm x 50m        48        08142       £1.35        ECO 25      38mm x 50m        48         08146       £1.51

ECO 15   50mm x 50m        36        08143       £1.82        ECO 25      50mm x 50m        36         08147       £2.02

ECO 15   75mm x 50m        24        08144       £2.74        ECO 25      75mm x 50m        24         08148       £3.04


  Tabmaster “ECO-Plus” Tape                                     3M Brown Self Adhesive Tape
               Tabmaster Self adhesive Economy Plus
                                                                                3M Brown self adhesive tape
               Paper Tape—139                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                 Features—A Branded brown paper
                Features— A solvent based rubber
                                                                                  packaging tape for carton sealing.
                 adhesive tape at 70 GSM. Same as Eco
                                                                                  However is a useful and strong sealer for
                 25 tape but at the ECO 15 price! Ideal
                                                                                  the rear of frames. Environmentally
                 for sealing the back of frames. Also has a
                                                                                  friendly.
                 comfortable surface that will accept
                 printing inks. Rivals Supertape!!!!!                        Size         Outer/       Code      Price Per
                                                                                          Carton                   Roll
            Size         Outer/       Code     Price Per
                                                              3m Brown    50mm x 50m         36        07145        2.43
                         Carton                  Roll
Econ +   25mm x 50m        72        07141       £0.88

Econ +   38mm x 50m        48        07142       £1.33        ALL OUR TAPES ARE PRICED PER ROLL. REGARDLESS
Econ +   50mm x 50m        36        07143       £1.75         IF AN OUTER OR SINGLE ITEM IS PURCHASED. THE
                                                                    PRICE OF THE TAPE REMAINS THE SAME!
Econ +   75mm x 50m        24        07144       £2.63
                                                                 FURTHER DISCOUNTS ARE GIVEN FOR BULKY
                                                                           ORDERS THOUGH!!!
  Tabmaster Kraft “Supertape”

               Tabmaster Self adhesive Economy Plus                          Size         Outer        Code       Per Roll
               Paper Tape—139
                                                              Supertape   25mm x 50m         72        08149       £2.06
                Who For—Anyone!!
                Features— Supertape is a heavy duty          Supertape   38mm x 50m         48       081410       £3.15
                 Kraft tape with a 70 gsm high tack
                 aggressive hot melt adhesive system.         Supertape   50mm x 50m         36       081411       £4.15

                                                              Supertape   75mm x 50m         24       081412       £6.25
Page 94




                                                 Masking Tape Range

                3M Masking Tape                                       Tabmaster Black Masking Tape

                  3M Masking Tape                                                        Tabmaster Black Masking Tape 9152
                   Who For—Anyone!!                                                      Who For—Anyone!!
                   Features— A General purpose everyday use                              Features— A black crepe masking tape,
                    masking tape, branded by 3M this tape can                             ideal for use where standard colour
                    also be used for fixing and bundling.                                 masking tape can cause an issue and
                    Maximum temperature of 60 degrees                                     black is required


                  Size           Outer/       Code    Price Per                   Size           Outer/       Code     Price Per
                                 Carton                 Roll                                     Carton                  Roll
     3M Mask   19mm x 50m           48       07146      £0.50       Black Mask 25mm x 50m          48       071410       £2.34

     3M Mask   25mm x 50m           36       07147      £0.74       Black Mask 50mm x 50m          24       071411       £4.70

     3M Mask   38mm x 50m           24       07148      £0.95
                                                                             General Masking Tape
     3M Mask   50mm x 50m           20       07149      £1.48

                                                                                  General Purpose Masking Tape
          Tessa 4304 Masking Tape                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                   Features— A General purpose everyday use
                                                                                    masking tape, branded by 3M this tape can
                         Tessa 4304 Masking Tape                                    also be used for fixing and bundling.
                          Who For—Anyone!!                                         Maximum temperature of 60 degrees
                          Features— A high quality beige masking
                           tape with a branded core. Mainly used
                                                                                 Size            Outer/      Code     Price Per
                           for over drying to 140 degrees, but is
                                                                                                 Carton                 Roll
                           also an ideal picture framing tape
                                                                    Gen Mask 19mm x 50m            36       081430      £0.64

                                                                    Gen Mask 25mm x 50m            24       081431      £0.84
                  Size            Outer/      Code     Price Per
                                  Carton                 Roll       Gen Mask 38mm x 50m            24       081432      £1.28
    Tessa 4304 25mm x 50m           48       071412      £3.71
                                                                    Gen Mask 50mm x 50m            12       081433      £1.70
    Tessa 4304 50mm x 50m           36       071413      £6.37


                                             Double Sided Foam Tape

          HTA Double Foam Tape                                                    Size           Outer/
                                                                                                 Carton
                                                                                                             Code     Price Per
                                                                                                                        Roll
                                                                      Foam    12mm x 50m          N/A       071418      £9.90
                           HTA Double Sided Foam Tape
                                                                      Foam    19mm x 50m          N/A       071419     £15.68
                            Who For—Anyone!!
                            Features— A great “all rounder!”.        Foam    25mm x 50m          N/A       071420     £20.62
                             Double sided foam tape. Ideal for
                             general purpose bonding and even
                                                                    ALL OUR TAPES ARE PRICED PER ROLL. REGARDLESS
                             permanent critical bonding. 1 mm
                                                                     IF AN OUTER OR SINGLE ITEM IS PURCHASED. THE
                             thick and a whopping 50 meter
                                                                          PRICE OF THE TAPE REMAINS THE SAME!
                             lengths, so you don’t run out so
                             quickly!! Comes in 3 convenient
                                                                       FURTHER DISCOUNTS ARE GIVEN FOR BULKY
                             sizes. When comparing prices please
                                                                                 ORDERS THOUGH!!!
                             note the length of our tape.
                                                                                                               Page 95




                                                 ATG Tape Range

          Scapa 4456 ATG Tape                                               3M 904 ATG Tape

                      Scapa 4456 ATG Tape                                        3M 904 ATG Tape
                       Who For—Anyone!!                                          Who For—Anyone!!
                       Features—A high tack, permanent                           Features—A high tack general purpose
                        adhesive transfer tape, reverse wound.                     adhesive transfer tape, reverse wound.
                        Recommended for bonding, mounting                          Highly recommended for bonding of card
                        and splicing applications                                  including laminate and all general
                                                                                   purpose applications

              Size           Outer/       Code     Price Per                   Size         Outer/       Code     Price Per
                             Carton                  Roll                                   Carton                  Roll
Scapa 4456 12mm x 33m           72       071421      £2.21        3M 904   12mm x 44m         36        071423      £2.26

Scapa 4456 19mm x 33m           48       071422      £3.45        3M 904   19mm x 44m         24        071424      £3.56




            3M 924 ATG Tape                                                  3M 969 ATG Tape

                3M 924 ATG Tape                                                   3M 969 ATG Tape
                 Who For—Anyone!!                                                 Who For—Anyone!!
                 Features—A high Tack, multi purpose                              Features—A high tack, high performance
                  adhesive transfer tape reverse wound.                             adhesive transfer tape, reverse wound.
                  Much like the Scapa 4456 recommended                              Ideally recommended for bonding rubber
                  for bonding laminate trims, mounting                              and plastic, but is good on low surface
                  and splicing                                                      energy products (difficult substrates)

              Size            Outer/       Code     Price Per                   Size         Outer/      Code     Price Per
                              Carton                  Roll                                   Carton                 Roll
 3M 924    12mm x 55m           72        071425      TBA         3M 904    12mm x 16.5m        36      071427      £6.46

 3M 924    19mm x 55m           48        071426      TBA         3M 904    19mm x 16.5m        24      071428      £8.62




  3M 928 ATG Removable Tapes                                         3M ATG Yellow Applicator
                3M 928 ATG Removable Tape                                        3M ATG Yellow Applicator
                 Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                 Features—A permanent adhesive on one                            Features—Applicator suitable for adhesive
                  side and removable adhesive on the                               transfer tape, can hold widths of 6 mm to
                  other, reverse wound. Recommended for                            19 mm and lengths of 16.5 m to 55 m (6
                  samples, reply cards and finishing market.                       mm ATG requires and adaptor



               Size           Outer/      Code     Price Per               Hold Width        Hold       Code        Price
                              Carton                 Roll                                   Length

3M 928     12mm x 16.5m          72      071429      £6.71       3M App     6 mm to        15.5 m to   071431      £18.54
                                                                             19 mm           55m
3M 928     19mm x 16.5m          48      071430      £9.26
Page 96




                                   Double Sided and Finger Lift Range

          Flush Edge General Purpose                                                 Finger Lift Tape

                    Flush Edge General Purpose Double Sided                              Double sided finger lift Tissue Tape
                    Tape                                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                    Features— An economical double sided
                     Features— An economy grade general                                   18 gsm tissue tape. Recommended for
                      purpose flush edge double sided tape, with                           general purposes such as cards,
                      a very hot aggressive melt rubber adhesive                           mounting papers and laminates.
                      system. This tape is hand tearable and has a                         Supplied as fingerlift roll for ease of
                      thinner release liner. Will mount paper,                             removing the liner. Hand tearable tape.
                      card, plastic and flexible films

                    Size          Outer       Code       Per Roll                       Size         Outer     Code      Per Roll
    Flush Edge 12mm x 50m           96       081413       £1.00      Finger Lift   6/12mm x 50m        60     081417      £1.50

    Flush Edge 18mm x 50m           60       081414       £1.98      Finger Lift   9/15mm x 50m        50     071432      £1.36

    Flush Edge 24mm x 50m           48       081415       £2.70      Finger Lift   12/18mm x 50m       40     071433      £1.38

    Flush Edge 36mm x 50m           32       081416       £3.98      Finger Lift   24/30mm x 50m       25     081418      £3.00


                                                Packaging Tape Range

          Tesa 4280 Buff Packing Tape                                   Tesa 4280 Clear Packing Tape

                    Tesa 4280 Buff Packing Tape                                          Tesa 4280 Clear Packing Tape
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— A general “All rounder”                                   Features— A general “All rounder”
                      Polypropylene packaging tape for carton                              Polypropylene packaging tape for carton
                      sealing                                                              sealing

                  Coil Size      Outer/       Code      Per Roll                    Coil Size      Outer/      Code      Per Roll
                                 Carton                                                            Carton
     Buff Pack   48mm x 66m         36       071434      £0.70       Clear Pack    48mm x 66m        36       071435      £0.70


          Silent Polyprop Packing Tape                                  Silent Polyprop Clear Packing

                    Silent Polyprop Packing Tape                                     Silent Polyprop Packing Tape—Clear
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— 30 mu with a solvent rubber                           Features— 30 mu with a solvent rubber
                      adhesive sy stem                                                 adhesive sy stem


                   Coil Size      Outer/       Code     Price Per                   Coil Size      Outer/       Code     Price Per
                                  Carton                  Roll                                     Carton                  Roll
                                                                     Poly Clear 25mm x 66m          N/A        081421      £0.52

      Polyprop   50mm x 66m        N/A        081419      £0.96      Poly Clear 50mm x 66m          N/A        081422      £0.96

      Polyprop   50mmx132m         N/A        081420      £2.00      Poly Clear 50mmx 132m          N/A        081423      £2.00
                                                                                                                        Page 97




                                                    Packing Range

            Small—Bubble Wrap                                                     Stretch Wrap Large

                     Small—Bubble Wrap                                                     Stretch Wrap Large
                      Who For—Anyone!!                                                     Who For—Anyone!!
                      Features— Small bubble wrap is ideal for                             Features— Ideal for stability when
                       wrapping and protecting. Economical                                   packing for tight securing and easy use
                       and light

             Roll Size        Outer/       Code       Per Roll
                              Carton                                               Roll Size        Outer/       Code       Per Roll
                                                                                                    Carton
Bubble       500mm x               3      071442      £13.95
 Wrap          45m                                                      Large      400mm x             1        071443       £8.46
                                                                       Stretch    200mm 34u

      Clear Poly Bags with Strip
                                                                                  Stretch Wrap Mini
                50 Micron Poly print bags
                 Who For—Anyone!!                                                         Stretch Wrap Mini
                 Features— Poly bags for artwork with a                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                  permanent strip on lip                                                    Features— Small Wrapping made easy
                                                                                             for use with the dispenser for speed and
                                                                                             precise wrapping

              Size           Qty         Code         Price                        Roll Size         Outer/       Code      Per Roll
                                                                                                     Carton
Poly Bags   220mm x         1000        071436       £73.02
                                                                         Mini      100mm x              3        071444      £0.91
             307mm
                                                                        Stretch    200m 17u
Poly Bags   260mm x         1000        071437       £73.02
             311mm                                                       Hand Dispenser for Mini Rolls
Poly Bags   311mm x         1000        071438       £88.72
             412mm
                                                                                            Hand Dispenser for Mini Rolls
Poly Bags   412mm x         1000        071439       £117.18                                 Who For—Anyone!!
             514mm                                                                           Features— Dispenser for the stretc h
                                                                                              wrap mini, Handle colour may vary
Poly Bags   514mm x         1000        071440       £216.07
             724mm
Poly Bags   810mm x         1000        071441       £261.01                                Price: £10.16
             612mm                                                                          Order #: 37132


                                                Cardboard Corners

                                       Protective Cardboard Corners                 Size          Bundle         Code         Price
                                        Who For—Anyone!!
                                        Features— Comes in sheets and can         1 1/8”           1500        38141        £56.64
                                         be supplied by the bundle. Push out
                                         of the sheet and are very easy to          1”              1500        38142        £56.64
                                         assemble and are held in place by
                                         inside flap which slots into a space
                                                                                   1/2”             1500        38143        £56.64
                                         at the bottom. White on the
                                         outside. Ideal for most types of
                                         frame and moulding variations.            3/4”             1500        38144        £56.64
                                         Comes in a variation of sizes to suit
                                                                                   7/8”             1500        38145        £56.64
Page 98




          To Order Call: 01530 836444
             sales@tabmasteruk.com




                                        Cleaning Products



                                From Glass to worktops. Clean and Shiny!
                                                                                                                    Page 99




                                          Cleaning Product Range

   Seldon Budget Glass Cleaner                                              Greenline Glass Cleaner
                    Seldon budget Glass Cleaner                                        Greenline Glass Cleaner
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— Budget grade spray glass                                Features— Solvent free and
                      cleaner. Available in a convenient 750                             environmentally friendly glass cleaner.
                      ml spray or 5 ltr bottle. Great for                                Leaves no powders or smears. Spray
                      everyday glass cleaning                                            onto a clean lint cloth to buff and shine.
                                                                                         750 ml spray and 5 ltr bottle

            Size             Outer/        Code       Price                       Size           Outer/       Code         Price
                             Carton                                                              Carton
Seldon     750 ml               6         07151       £3.52       Greenline    750 ml indi-         1         08151        £6.82
 Glass                                                             Glass       vidual spray
Seldon      5 Ltr               4         07152      £10.78       Greenline     Case of 6           1         08152       £28.92
 Glass                                                             Glass         bottles



      Anti-Static Foam Cleaner                                                       Glass Wipes
                    Anti-Static Foam Cleaner                                           Glass Wipes
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— Ideal for cleaning your                                 Features— Ideal where speed is needed.
                      machines and most surfaces. Ideal for                              Handy box just to grab and wipe across
                      removing really stubborn stains and dirt.                          glass. Highly absorbent 4 ply. Tough and
                      Also a good PC cleaner!                                            long lasting lint free


            Size             Outer/        Code       Price
                             Carton                                               Size             Qty        Code         Price
 Foam       2 ltr               10        08153     £Coming
                                                                    Glass      320 x 380mm 240 per box        08155       £28.98
Cleaner                                              Soon
                                                                    Wipes
 Foam        5ltr               10        08154     £Coming
Cleaner                                              Soon



          Latex/Vinyl Gloves                                                   Disposable Overalls
                    Latex/Vinyl Gloves                                                 Disposable Overalls
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— Any size fits all, latex and                            Features— Ideal throw away overalls.
                     vinyl gloves. Ideal when you don’t want                             Useful if you need to go in the
                     to get your hands dirty!!!                                          workshop in a suit!! One size fits all



            Size               Qty         Code       Price                       Size             Qty        Code         Price
Latex      Fits all—           100        07153       £3.46       Disposable     Fits all          50         07155        £2.70
Gloves    Powdered                                                 Overalls
Vinyl      Fits all            100        07154       £2.75
Gloves
Page 100




                                            Cleaning Product Range

           General Purpose Bleach                                   General Purpose Cleaning Rags
                      General Purpose Bleach                                         General Purpose Cleaning Rags
                       Who For—Anyone!!                                              Who For—Anyone!!
                       Features— A general purpose bleach.                           Features— General Purpose cleaning rags
                        Ideal for workshop toilets and general                         coloured for daily use 10kgs worth too
                        floor cleaning application. Water down
                        for extra


                 Size          Outer/       Code     Price each                  Size         Weight       Code      Price
                               Carton
     General     5 ltr            4         07156       £4.56      Cleaning    Coloured        10 kg      07157      £7.36
     Bleach                                                          Rags


                Washing Up Liquid                                                 Scouring Pads
                      Washing Up Liquid                                              Scouring Pads
                       Who For—Anyone!!                                              Who For—Anyone!!
                       Features— The mild green stuff in a 5ltr                      Features—6” x 9” scouring pads comes in
                        handy tub. Good for washing up                                 a handy pack of 10. Stubborn grime
                        (obviously) also a good general cleaner                        remover not only for the dishes



                 Size          Outer/       Code     Price each                   Qty         Outer/       Code    Price per
                               Carton                                                         Carton                 pack
    Washing      5 ltr            4         07158      £19.05      Scouring    Pack of 10        1        07159      £3.00
    Up Liquid                                                        Pads


      Dustbins and Dustpan & Brush                                            C Fold -Paper Towels
                      Dustbin and Dustpan & Brush                                    C Fold Paper Towels
                       Who For—Anyone!!                                              Who For—Anyone!!
                       Features— Plastic Dustbin that comes                          Features— Green C Fold paper towels
                        with lid and a dustpan and brush also                          comes in a pack of 2880 per pack.
                        plastic



                  Qty          Outer/       Code        Price                     Qty         Outer/       Code      Price
                               Carton                                                         Carton
     Dustbin      1               1        071510      £16.03       Paper      2880 Case         1       071512      £19.63
                                                                   Towels
     Dustpan      1               1        071511       £1.98
       and
      Brush
                                                                        Page 101




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




                Hardware, Hinges Hangers, Rivets,
                           Screws etc



                Like it says on the tin…….Hard, hinge, hang and rivet
Page 102




                                  Hardware Range—Clips, Buttons and Plates

                      Turnbuttons                                                                Z Clips
                           Turnbuttons                                                       Z Clips
                            Who For—Anyone!!                                                 Who For—Anyone!!
                            Features— Available in steel and brass 25                        Features— Designed to hold the canvas
                             mm or 12 mm. Ideal for frames where                               tightly in the frame comes by the 100
                             easy release is needed.
                                                                                              Size           Qty      Code       Price
                           Size             Qty     Code      Price         Z Clips      Steel Coppered      100     42162       £1.50
    Turnbutton       Brass 14 mm            100     10161     £0.91

    Turnbutton       Steel 20 mm            100     10162    £TBA                       Canvas Offset Clips
    Turnbutton       Brass 20 mm            100     10163     £1.66
                                                                                             Canvas Offset Clips
    Turnbutton     Black Plas 19 mm         100     42161     £2.50                           Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                              Features— Zinc plated canvas offset clips.
                                                                                               For use if your frame has a small rebate
                Scroll and Spring Clips                                                        and you need to hold a stretched canvas
                                                                                               in place. Can also be used the other way
                                                                                               round to hold frames in.
                       Scroll and Spring Clips
                        Who For—Anyone!!
                        Features— Used to retain the rear of the                            Size            Qty      Code       Price
                         frame. Mostly used for holding stretched        Canvas Clips    Zinc 3.2 mm         100      36161      £1.86
                         canvas into the frame
                                                                         Canvas Clips     Zinc 6 mm          100      36162      £1.86
                    Size              Qty         Code      Price
      Large                                                              Canvas Clips     Zinc 9 mm          100      36163      £2.28
     Retainer      44 mm              100         42163     £2.83
       Clip                                                              Canvas Clips     Zinc 12 mm         100      36164      £2.28

     Scroll        44 mm              100         42164     £6.80        Canvas Clips     Zinc 18 mm         100      36165      £2.52
     Spring
                                                                         Canvas Clips     Zinc 25 mm         100      36166      £2.90
     Spring        25 mm              100         42165     £2.08
      Clip
                                                                         Canvas Clips     Zinc 32 mm         100      36167      £3.26



                    Frameless Clips                                                         Kidney Plate
                           Frameless Clips                                                  Kidney Plate
                            Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                            Features— Suited to hold the glass                              Features— A simple retaining clip that
                             picture and backing board together,                              can be pinned across the corner of the
                             without using a frame. The spring area                           frame
                             will pull together any of the space
                             between the layers.                                              Size            Qty      Code       Price
                           Size             Qty     Code      Price         Kidney        Brass 19 mm         100     42166      £4.01
                                                                             Plate
     Frameless      Nickel Plated           100    36168     £2.16
       Clip

                DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE ON LARGE BULK ORDERS. PLEASE ASK FOR DETAILS WHEN ORDERING
                                                                                                                 Page 103




                             Hardware Range—Clips, Buttons and Plates

           Reinforcing Angle Plates                                            Plain Glass Plates
                     Reinforcing Angle Plates                                       Plain Glass Plates
                      Who For—Anyone!!                                              Who For—Anyone!!
                      Features— Reinforcing 90 degree L                             Features— Brass plain glass plates. Use
                       Shaped angle bracket. To be used with                          for heavy mirrors and pictures. Gives a
                       wood or Mica frames. Steel finish                              little extra security to your hanging

                  Size            Qty          Code      Price                       Size            Qty      Code       Price
  Angle        50 mm x 50         10          1016200    £1.00   Plain Glass   Steel Brass 25mm      100     10168       £2.11
 Bracket          mm
                                                                 Plain Glass   Steel Brass 31mm      100     10169       £2.44
  Angle        75 mm x 75         10          1016201    £1.60
 Brackets         mm                                             Plain Glass    Steel Brass37mm      100     101610      £2.66
  Angle        100 mm x           10          361611     £4.83
                                                                 Plain Glass   Steel Brass 50mm      100     101611      £4.87
 Brackets       100 mm

                                                                                     Size            Qty      Code       Price

                    Angled Plate                                 Plain Glass     Brass 19 mm         100     421690      £5.00

                                                                 Plain Glass     Brass 25 mm         100     421691      £9.00
                    Angled Plate
                     Who For—Anyone!!                           Plain Glass     Brass 37 mm         100     421692     £10.32
                     Features— Similar to the plain glass
                                                                 Plain Glass     Brass 50 mm         100     421693     £29.00
                      plate, only its bent at the bottom at 90
                      degrees. Ideal for shadow box’s
                                                                               Slotted Glass Plates
                      Size              Qty      Code    Price
Angled Plate     Steel 31 mm            100     42167    £6.15                      Slotted Glass Plates
                                                                                     Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                     Features— Brass slotted glass plates. Use
        Bendable Picture Plates                                                       for heavy mirrors and pictures. Gives a
                                                                                      little extra security to your hanging.
                                                                                      Slotted for ease of installation
                    Bendable Picture Plates
                     Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— Bendable steel brass plates                          Size           Qty      Code       Price
                      available in 3 sizes                        Slotted      Steel Brass 25mm     100     101616      £2.11

                                                                  Slotted      Steel Brass 31mm     100     101617      £2.44
                     Size               Qty     Code     Price
                                                                  Slotted      Steel Brass37mm      100     101618      £2.66
Bendable        Brass 32 x 25 x         100     101620   £1.82
 Plates            0.3 mm                                         Slotted      Steel Brass 50mm     100     101619      £4.87
Bendable        Brass 42 x 36 x         100     101621   £2.36
 Plates            0.3 mm                                                           Size            Qty      Code       Price
Bendable        Brass 50 x 45 x         100     101622   £3.94   Slotted        Brass 25 mm         100     421693      £9.00
 Plates            0.3 mm
                                                                 Slotted        Brass 31 mm         100     421694     £10.32

                                                                 Slotted        Brass 37 mm         100     421695     £13.20

                                                                 Slotted        Brass 50 mm         100     421696     £34.66
Page 104




                            Hardware Range—Eyes, Rings and Triangles

                      Screw Eyes                                                   Screw Rings

                                                                                                  Copper Screw Rings
                                      Zinc Plated Screw Eyes
                                                                                                   Who For—Anyone!!
                                       Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                                   Features— Mostly used for
                                       Features— Great way
                                                                                                    holding chain, but can be
                                        to hang pictures
                                                                                                    used for most hanging
                                                                                                    applications
                     Size          Qty      Code         Price
                                                                                     Size            Qty      Code      Price
    Screw Eyes    25 x 2.7 mm      100     101623       £1.26
       Zinc                                                      Screw Rings   Ring Size 10 mm       100      101628    £2.50

    Screw Eyes    30 x 3.5 mm      100     101624       £2.64    Screw Rings   Ring Size 15 mm       100      101629    £3.08
       Zinc
                                                                 Screw Rings   Ring Size 20 mm       100      101630    £3.66
    Screw Eyes    35 x 4.2 mm      100     101625       £3.40
       Zinc
    Screw Eyes    55 x 5.6 mm      100     101626       £8.60        Passe-Partout Ring and Clip
       Zinc
    Screw Eyes    75 x 7.7 mm      100     101627       £18.50                              Passe—Partout Ring and Clip
       Zinc                                                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                             Features— Used by pushing the
                                                                                              clip through a self made hole in
                                Steel Nickel Plated                                           the backing board and spreading
                                Screw Eyes                                                    the clip apart to hold. Supplied
                                 Who For—Anyone!!                                            Unassembled
                                 Features— Great way
                                  to hang pictures                                  Size            Qty        Code       Price
                                                                    Clip         18 x 3 mm          100       101632     £3.08
                     Size          Qty      Code         Price
                                                                                    Size            Qty        Code      Price
   Screw Eyes
   Steel Nickel   20 x 2 mm        100     101631       £2.00       Ring         13 x 9 mm          100       101633     £1.80
      Plated
                                                                    Ring         16 x 12 mm         100       101634     £2.20
                                      Steel Brass Plated
                                      Screw Eyes
                                       Who For—Anyone!!                       Triangle Hangers
                                       Features— Great way
                                        to hang pictures
                                                                                                           Triangle Hangers
                                                                                                            Who For—Anyone!!
                     Size          Qty      Code         Price                                              Features—
    Screw Eyes                                                                                               Alternative way to
    Steel Brass   12 x 1.4 mm      100     101635       £0.67                                                hang pictures.
      Plated                                                                                                 Different style

    Screw Eyes
    Steel Brass   14 x 1.7 mm      100     101636       £0.58
      Plated                                                                         Size            Qty      Code      Price

    Screw Eyes                                                   Triangle H    Steel Brass 12mm      100      101638    £2.38
    Steel Brass   16 x 1.7 mm      100     101637       £0.72
                                                                 Triangle H    Steel Brass 14mm      100      101639    £2.50
      Plated
                                                                 Triangle H    Steel Brass 16mm      100      101640    £3.16
                                                                                                            Page 105




                           Hardware Range—Rings and Straps

              Single D—Rings                                             Loop Strap Hangers

                   Single D Rings
                    Who For—Anyone!!
                    Features— 18 mm ring and 10 mm
                     body. 3.5 mm hole. 26 mm overall
                     length. Zinc, Nickel and Brass
                     available


                Type           Qty     Code       Price    Loop Strap Hangers
                                                            Who For—Anyone!!
Single D–        Zinc          100    101641     £3.40      Features—1, 2 and 3 Holed heavy mirror or heavy picture
  Ring

Single D–       Nickel         100    101642     £1.84                          Type           Qty      Code      Price
  Ring
                                                            Loop Strap         1 Hole          100     361612    £2.16
Single D–       Brass          100    101643     £3.50
  Ring                                                      Loop Strap         2 Holes         100     361613    £3.32

                                                            Loop Strap         3 Holes         100     361614    £11.06
              Double D—Rings
                                                                        Strap Hanger 2 Holed
                   Double D Rings
                    Who For—Anyone!!
                    Features— 21 mm ring and 23 mm                                              2 Holed Strap Hanger
                     body width. 4.5 mm holes. 35 mm                                              Who For—Anyone!!
                     overall length. Bronze, Nickel and                                           Features—Available in
                     Brass available                                                               Zinc. 60 x 12 mm


                 Type          Qty      Code       Price                       Type           Qty       Code      Price

Double D–       Bronze         100     101644     £TBA       2 Holed
  Ring                                                        Strap      Zinc 60 x 12 mm      100      101648     £8.87
                                                             Hanger
Double D–       Nickel         100     101645     £2.62
  Ring
                                                                        Strap Hanger 3 Holed
Double D–        Brass         100     101646     £5.50
  Ring
                                                                                                 3 Holed Strap Hanger
                                                                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
  Triple Hole One Piece D-Ring                                                                    Features—Available in
                                                                                                   Zinc and Brass. 86 x 16
                                                                                                   mm
                   Triple Hole One Piece D Ring
                    Who For—Anyone!!                                           Size           Qty       Code      Price
                    Features— 36 mm in Length and 29
                                                              3 Holed     Zinc 86 x 16 mm      100      101649     £9.58
                     mm in width. This Ring is only
                                                               Strap
                     available in Zinc
                                                              3 holed       Brass 86 x 16      100      101650    £10.75
                                                               Strap             mm

                Type           Qty      Code       Price
Triple Hole      Zinc          500     101647     £6.41
  D Ring                       100
Page 106




                                 Hardware Range—Hangers and Hinges

                    2 Hole Hinged                                  Steel Brass Plated J - Hooks

                    2 Hole Hinged                                                        Steel Brass J Hooks
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features—Used predominately on backing                              Features— Countersunk J hooks
                      board. Can be used with adapted CS79                                 in Steel Brass Plated


                                                                                Type             Qty      Code      Price
                   Orientation      Qty     Code      Price
                                                     per 100    J Hooks     60 x 11 x 2 mm       100     101651    10.00
      2 Hole     For Backboards—    100    361515    £3.40
      Hinged          Black
                                                                              1 Hole Hanger
      2 Hole     For Backboards—   1000    361616    £2.68
      Hinged          Black
      2 Hole     For Backboards—   12500   361617    £2.63                     1 Hole Hanger
                                                                                Who For—Anyone!!
      Hinged          Black
                                                                                Features— Used predominately on backing
                                                                                 board. Can be used with adapted CS79
                Large Hanger—4 Hole

                             Large Hanger 4 Hole                              Orientation         Qty     Code     Price
                              Who For—Anyone!!                                                                   per 100
                              Features—Used predominately      1 Hole      For Backboards—       100    361624    £2.15
                               on Mouldings. Can be used        Hanger           Black
                               with adapted CS79
                                                                1 Hole      For Backboards—      1000    361625    £2.04
                   Orientation      Qty      Code     Price     Hanger           Black
                                                     per 100    1 Hole      For Backboards—     25000    361626    £1.95
      Large       For Mouldings—    100     361618    £2.90     Hanger           Black
     Hanger 4          Black
      Large       For Mouldings—    1000    361619    £2.38                Small MDF—2 Holed
     Hanger 4          Black
      Large       For Mouldings—    3500    361620    £2.20                                  2 Hole Hinged
     Hanger 4          Black                                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                              Features—Used predominately
               Standard 2 hole Hanger                                                          on backing board. Can be
                                                                                               used with adapted CS79

                             Large Hanger 4 Hole                              Orientation        Qty     Code      Price
                              Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                                                  per 100
                              Features—Used predominately
                               on Backboards. Can be used      Small MDF         Black           100    361627    £4.33
                               with adapted CS79
                                                               Small MDF         Black           1000   361628    £3.90

                   Orientation      Qty      Code      Price   Small MDF         Black           7000   361629    £3.56
      2 Holed    For Backboards—    100     361621 Coming
                       Brass                        Soon       Small MDF         Brass           100    361630    £4.33

      2 Holed    For Backboards—    1000    361622 Coming      Small MDF         Brass           1000   361631    £3.90
                       Brass                        Soon
                                                               Small MDF         Brass           7000   361632    £3.56
      2 Holed    For Backboards—    3500    361623 Coming
                       Brass                        Soon
                                                                                                                  Page 107




                             Hardware Range—Hangers and Hinges

       Standard 3 Hole Hanger                                                   Easel Hinge 6220

                              Standard 3 Hole Hanger                             Easel Hinge 6220
                               Who For—Anyone!!                                  Who For—Anyone!!
                               Features—Used                                     Features— For use with adapted Toggle press
                                predominately on                                   on page    . Easily installed and High Quality.
                                Backboards. Can be used                            9 x 18 mm
                                with adapted CS79
                                                                                     Type            Qty       Code        Price
               Orientation         Qty      Code      Price                                                              per 100
                                                     per 100
                                                                  Easel 6220         Black           1000     361641      £1.74
Standard 3        Black            100     361633     £8.87
   Hole
Standard 3        Black           1000     361634     £6.12
                                                                                 Easel Hinge 6229
   Hole
Standard 3        Black           3000     361635     £5.66                      Easel Hinge 6229
   Hole                                                                           Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                  Features— For use with adapted Toggle press
Standard 3         Brass           100     361636     £7.13                        on page    . Easily installed and High Quality.
   Hole                                                                            28 x 15 mm
Standard 3         Brass          1000     361637     £7.74
   Hole                                                                               Type            Qty       Code       Price
                                                                                                                         per 100
Standard 3         Brass          3000     361638     £6.89
   Hole                                                           Easel 6229          Black          1000      361642     £2.67


              Easel Hinge 6234                                                   Easel Hinge 6239

              Easel Hinge 6234                                                    Easel Hinge 6239
               Who For—Anyone!!                                                   Who For—Anyone!!
               Features— For use with adapted Toggle press                        Features— For use with adapted Toggle press
                on page    . Easily installed and High Quality.                     on page    . Easily installed and High Quality.
                28 x 18 mm                                                          38 x 24 mm

                  Type            Qty       Code       Price                           Type            Qty       Code       Price
                                                     per 100                                                              per 100
Easel 6234        Black           1000     361639      £2.67       Easel 6239         Black           1000     361643      £5.52


              Easel Hinge 6241                                                  Self Fastening Hanger

              Easel Hinge 6241                                                     Self Fastening Foamboard Hanger
               Who For—Anyone!!                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
               Features— For use with adapted Toggle                               Features— Self Fastening Foamboard hanger
                press . Easily installed and High Quality. 38                        made in blue zinc.
                x 25 mm

                   Type            Qty       Code       Price                          Type            Qty        Code       Price
                                                      per 100
                                                                     Foam            Blue Zinc         1000     361644       £3.82
 Easel 6241        Black          1000      361640     £8.18         Hanger
Page 108




                                   Hardware Range—Saw Tooth Hangers

             Saw Tooth Hanger 1406                                           Saw Tooth Hanger 1408

                       Saw Tooth 1406 Hanger                                         Saw Tooth 1408 Hanger
                        Who For—Anyone!!                                             Who For—Anyone!!
                        Features— For use on the adapted                             Features— 59 x 9 mm For use on adapted
                         Cassese CS79—42 x 10 mm                                       Toggle Press as per page



                       Type            Qty       Code       Price                    Type           Qty       Code       Price
      Saw Tooth    For Mouldings       100      361645      £4.64     Saw Tooth     Black           100      361646     £2.67
        1406                                                            1408


             Saw Tooth Hanger 2800                                           Saw Tooth Hanger 3018

                        Saw Tooth 2800 Hanger                                        Saw Tooth 3018 Hanger
                         Who For—Anyone!!                                            Who For—Anyone!!
                         Features— 40 x 6 mm NO nail saw tooth                       Features— 70 x 8 mm To be used with
                          hanger                                                       Screws or Staples



                        Size            Qty       Code       Price                   Size            Qty      Code       Price
      Saw Tooth      40 x 6 mm          100      361637     £1.62     Saw Tooth    70 x 8 mm         100     361648     £2.34
        2800                                                            3018


              Saw Tooth Hanger 2900                                          Saw Tooth Hanger 2046

                        Saw Tooth 2900 Hanger                                         Saw Tooth 2046 Hanger
                         Who For—Anyone!!                                             Who For—Anyone!!
                         Features— 40 x 6 mm to be used with                          Features— 65 x 8 mm To be used with
                          screws                                                        Screws or Staples



                         Size            Qty      Code       Price                    Size           Qty       Code      Price
       Saw Tooth      40 x 6 mm          100     361649      £1.62     Saw Tooth   65 x 8 mm         100      361650    £2.34
         2900                                                            2046


            CS79 Spare Head Sawtooth                                       CS79 Spare Head Standard

                                   CS79 Spare Head Sawtooth                                  CS79 Spare Head Standard
                                    Who For—Anyone!!                                         Who For—Anyone!!
                                    Features— Presser head for use                           Features— Presser head for use
                                     with Saw Tooth hanger 1406                                with the standard 2 hole hanger
                                     above                                                     on page

                                         Price: £TBA                                                 Price: £TBA
                                         Order #: 02161                                              Order #: 02162
                                                                                                                Page 109




                              Hardware Range—Slip Over Hangers

         Slip Over Hanger 1427                                            Slip Over Hanger 1447

                   Slip Over 1427                                                   Slip Over 1447
                    Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                    Features— Simple in design and low in                           Features— Simple in design and low in
                     cost makes this hanger an ideal solution                         cost makes this hanger an ideal solution
                     to hanging needs                                                 to hanging needs

                   Type           Qty       Code       Price                        Type           Qty        Code      Price
 Slip Over    2—3 mm board        100      361651      £1.49      Slip Over    2—2.5 mm board      100      361652      £1.49
   1427         thickness                                           1447          thickness


          Slip Over Hanger 1429                                            Slip Over Hanger 1448

                    Slip Over 1429                                                   Slip Over 1448
                     Who For—Anyone!!                                                Who For—Anyone!!
                     Features— Simple in design and low in                           Features— Simple in design and low in
                      cost makes this hanger an ideal solution                         cost makes this hanger an ideal solution
                      to hanging needs                                                 to hanging needs

                    Type           Qty       Code       Price                        Type           Qty       Code       Price
 Slip Over     2—3 mm board        100      361653     £1.64      Slip Over      1.5 mm chip        100      361654      £1.64
   1429          thickness                                          1448        board thickness


                              Hardware Range—Brass Coil Hangers

              2 Hole Coil Hangers                                              3 Hole Coil Hangers



2 Hole Hangers
 Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                 2 Hole Hangers
 Features— Suitable for the Cassese MF machines on Page          Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                  Features— Suitable for the Cassese MF machines on Page
                Description        Qty       Code       Price
1 Hole Coil     Black 1701N        7000      02163     £60.00                    Description       Qty        Code      Price
                                                                 3 Hole Coil    Black 3703N        3000      02164    £106.15
2 Hole Coil     Gold 2702D         3500      02165     £72.30
                                                                 3 Hole Coil    Gold 3703D         3000      02165     £90.76



   FOR MOST ITEMS WE CAN SUPPLY SMALLER OR LARGER QUANTITIES THEN DESCRIBED. PLEASE DON’T BE
                   AFRAID TO ASK. BULK ITEM DISCOUNTS ARE ALWAYS AVAILABLE!!!
Page 110




                          Hardware Range—Corners and Mirror hardware

                     Military Corner                                                      Mirror Corner

                                        Military Corner                                             Steel Mirror Corner
                                         Who For—Anyone!!                                           Who For—Anyone!!
                                         Features— Military                                         Features— Comes in Nickel or
                                          Corners for protection                                      Chrome plate. 32 x 32 x 6 mm.
                                          and decoration. Zinc
                                          Diecast available in
                                          Brass, Chrome or ant.
                                          Brass. 75 x 75 x 30 mm


                         Type           Qty       Code         Price                        Type            Qty         Code   Price
       Military          Brass          100     101652     £50.00         Mirror           Nickel          1000     101655     £5.91
                                                                          Corners
       Military        Chrome           100     101653     £50.00
                                                                          Mirror          Chrome           1000     101656     £5.91
       Military       Ant. Brass        100     101654         TBA        Corners


           Swivel Mirror Movement 1                                                  Reflex Mirror Hinges




    Swivel Mirror Movement                                             Reflex Mirror Hinges
     Who For—Anyone!!                                                  Who For—Anyone!!
     Features— Steel Brass plated 50 x 18 x 10 mm                      Features— Steel Brass plated 36 x 32

                         Size           Qty       Code         Price                        Size            Qty         Code    Price
       Swivel     50 x 18 x 10 mm       100     101657         £7.70      Reflex      36 x 32 mm. left      100     101658     £26.66
       Mirror 1                                                           Hinges          or right


           Swivel Mirror Movement 2                                            Swivel Mirror Movement 3




    Swivel Mirror Movement
     Who For—Anyone!!
     Features— Steel, Brass or Bronze plated 44 x 16 x 9 mm           Swivel Mirror Movement 3
                                                                        Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                        Features— Steel Brass plated 45 x 25 x 19 mm
                         Type           Qty      Code          Price
      Swivel 2           Steel          100     101659     £41.66
                                                                                            Size            Qty         Code    Price
      Swivel 2           Brass          100     101660     £41.66         Swivel 3    45 x 25 x 19 Left     100     101662     £45.83
                                                                                          or Right
      Swivel 2          Bronze          100     101661     £41.66
                                                                                                                       Page 111




                    Hardware Range—Picture Hooks, Pins and Screws

                  Picture Hooks                                                     Picture Hook Pins

                                   Picture Hooks
                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                                    Features— Double and Single
                                     Breasted Brass Plated Picture
                                     Hooks
                                                                     Picture Hook Pins
                                                                      Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                      Features— Ideal for use with our picture hooks and other pin
                                                                       requirements. Available in Black or Yellow Zinc
                      Size             Qty      Code      Price
                                                                                          Type            Qty       Code      Price
Single Breast   24 x 5 x 0.7 mm        100     101663     £1.00
                                                                     Pins 25 mm           Black           100      101666     £3.00
Single Breast   28 x 6 x 0.7 mm        100     101664     £1.25
                                                                     Pins 25 mm        Yellow Zinc        100      101667     £3.00
  Double        33 x 27 x 0.7 mm       100     101665     £3.23
  Breast
                                                                        Picture Hook Pins—Brass Head
                   Mirror Screws

                       Mirror Screws
                        Who For—Anyone!!
                        Features— Mirror Screws BS1210 with         Picture Hook Pins—Brass Head
                         an internal thread of 5BA, Comes Zinc        Who For—Anyone!!
                         Plated or Brass. Use Domes or Discs to       Features— Ideal for use with our picture hooks and other pin
                         cover                                         requirements. Available in Black or Yellow Zinc

                                                                                           Type            Qty       Code      Price
                      Size             Qty       Code       Price      Pins—Brass         Black            100     101681      £3.00
Mirror Screw     8 x 5/8” Zinc         100      101668     £7.33         25 mm
                                                                         Pins—         Yellow Zinc         100     101682      £3.00
Mirror Screw     8 x 3/4” Zinc         100      101669     £7.33      Brass25 mm
Mirror Screw      8 x 1” Zinc          100      101670     £7.33

Mirror Screw    8 x 1 1/4” Zinc        100      101671     £7.33                  Screw Domes and Discs
Mirror Screw    8 x 1 1/2” Zinc        100      101672     £7.80-
                                                                                           Picture Hook Pins—Brass Head
Mirror Screw      8 x 2” Zinc          100      101673     £8.25                            Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                            Features— 5BA threaded Domes and
Mirror Screw     8 x 3/4” Brass        100      101674      TBA                              Discs. Used with Mirror Screws. In
                                                                                             polished or chrome plated
Mirror Screw      8 x 1” Brass         100      101675     £10.08

Mirror Screw    8 x 1 1/4” Brass       100      101676     £11.00
                                                                                            Size           Qty      Code      Price
Mirror Screw    8 x 1 1/2” Brass       100      101677     £11.00         Dome            Chrome           100     101683     £5.68
Mirror Screw      8 x 2” Brass         100      101678      TBA          Domes            Polished         100     101684     £5.68
Mirror Screw     10 x 1” Brass         100      101679      TBA            Disc           Chrome           100     101685    £11.36

Mirror Screw 10 x 1 1/2” Brass         100      101680      TBA            Disc           Polished         100     101686    £11.36
Page 112




                                      Hardware Range—Screws

               Brass Woodscrew                                  Hardened Steel Woodscrew

                             Brass Woodscrew                                             Hardened Steel Woodscrew
                              Who For—Anyone!!                                           Who For—Anyone!!
                              Features— Slotted                                          Features— Slotted
                               countersunk headed                                          countersunk headed
                               woodscrew                                                   woodscrew. Available in
                                                                                           Zinc and Yellow Zinc


                   Size         Qty       Code      Price

  Brass Wood    2 x 1/2”        100     4216500     £2.58
                                                                            Size           Qty      Code      Price
  Brass Wood    3 x 3/8”        100     4216501     £2.41
                                                            Hardened   4 x 3/8” Zinc       100    1016100    £0.60
  Brass Wood    4 x 3/8”        100     4216502     £2.41     Steel
  Brass Wood    4 x 5/8”        100     4216503     £1.98   Hardened   4 x 1/2” Zinc       100    1016101    £0.50
                                                              Steel
  Brass Wood    5 x 1/2”        100     4216504     £2.46
                                                            Hardened   6 x 5/8” Zinc       100    1016102    £0.52
  Brass Wood    6 x 1/2”        100     4216505     £2.86     Steel
                                                            Hardened   6 x 3/4” Zinc       100    1016103    £0.68
  Brass Wood    6 x 3/8”        100     4216506     £2.86
                                                              Steel
                                                            Hardened     6 x 1” Zinc       100    1016104    £0.76
           Woodscrew Roundhead                                Steel
                                                            Hardened   6 x 1 1/4” Zinc     100    1016105    £0.94
                                                              Steel
                             Woodscrew Roundhead
                              Who For—Anyone!!             Hardened     8 x 1” Zinc       100    1016106    £0.90
                              Features— Hardened Steel       Steel
                               Zinc plated round headed
                               wood screws                  Hardened   8 x 1 1/4” Zinc     100    1016107    £1.20
                                                              Steel
                                                            Hardened   8 x 1 1/2” Zinc     100    1016108    £1.24
                                                              Steel

                   Size         Qty       Code      Price   Hardened   8 x 1 3/4” Zinc     100    1016109    £1.50
                                                              Steel
                                                            Hardened     8 x 2” Zinc       100    1016110    £1.80
  Roundhead     4 x 1/2”        100      101695     £0.76     Steel
                                                            Hardened   4 x 3/8” Yellow     100    1016111    £TBA
  Roundhead       4 x 1”        100      101696     £0.84
                                                              Steel         Zinc
  Roundhead     6 x 3/4”        100      101697     £0.96   Hardened   4 x 5/8” Yellow     100    1016112    £TBA
                                                              Steel         Zinc
  Roundhead       6 x 1”        100      101698     £1.06
                                                            Hardened    4 x 1” Yellow      100    1016113    £TBA
  Roundhead     8 x 1 1/2”      100      101699     £2.00     Steel         Zinc



      FOR MOST ITEMS WE CAN SUPPLY SMALLER OR LARGER QUANTITIES. PLEASE DON’T BE AFRAID TO ASK.

                                BULK ITEM DISCOUNTS ARE ALWAYS AVAILABLE!!!
                                                                 Page 113




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




                         Picture Wire and Cord



                     Wired, and Corded. Picture hanging heaven
Page 114




                                              Wire and Cord Range

           Brass Picture Wire—Reel                                  Super Soft Strand—Plastic Coated
                Brass Picture Wire Reel                                            Super Soft Strand—Plastic Coated Stainless
                 Who For—Anyone!!                                                 Wire
                 Features— Centre Strand is rust resistant with                    Who For—Anyone!!
                  braided strands around it                                         Features— Resistant to the elements with its
                                                                                     plastic coating
               Weight /Length      Qty       Code       Price
                                                                                   Weight and       Qty. Reel     Code      Price
 No 1 Wire      10 kg 150 m          1       10171      £8.47                       Length
                                                                   Super Plastic    7 kg 450 m          1        36171     £19.60
 No 2 Wire      25 kg 150 m          1       10172     £11.44
                                                                   Super Plastic    9 kg 335 m          1        36172     £19.60
 No 3 Wire      30 kg 150 m          1       10173     £17.66
                                                                   Super Plastic   11 kg 255 m          1        36173     £19.60

                                                                   Super Plastic   19 kg 150 m          1        36174     £19.60
           Brass Picture Wire—Coils                                Super Plastic    27 kg 80 m          1        36175     £19.60

                                                                   Super Plastic    45 kg 35 m          1        36176     £19.60
                            Brass Picture Wire Reel
                             Who For—Anyone!!
                             Features— Coiled Brass Picture                            SoftStrand
               Weight/Length         Qty       Code       Price                    Super Soft Strand—Plastic Coated Stainless
                                                                                   Wire
  No 1 Coil      10 kg 3.5 m             1     10175      £4.00                     Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                    Features— Resistant to the elements with its
  No 1 Coil       10 kg 6 m              1     10176      £3.17
                                                                                     plastic coating
  No 2 Coil       25 kg 5 m              1     10177      £3.55
                                                                                   Weight and          Qty        Code      Price
  No 2 Coil      25 kg 3.5 m             1     10178      £7.00                     Length

  No 2 Coil       25 kg 5 m              1     10179      £9.60
                                                                    SoftStrand      9 kg 335 m          1        36178     £19.60
 No 3.5 Coil      70 kg 2 m              1    101710      £4.76
                                                                    SoftStrand     14 kg 245 m          1        36179     £19.60

            Fletcher Wire Winder.                                   SoftStrand     16 kg 185 m          1        361710    £19.60

                                                                    SoftStrand     18 kg 165 m          1        361711    £19.60
Fletcher Wire Winder
 Who For—Anyone!!                                                  SoftStrand     23 kg 140 m          1        361712    £19.60
 Features— A removable tool that helps with winding the wire
  on the rear of the frame. Simple attach,                          SoftStrand     27 kg 110 m          1        361713    £19.60
  hook, wind and remove.                     Price: £5.15
                                                                    SoftStrand      45 kg 55 m          1        361714    £19.60
                                             Order #: 16171
                                                                                                                Page 115




                                             Wire and Cord Range

   Surflon Nylon Coated Stainless                                       Surflon Crimping Sleeves
                          Surflon Nylon Coated Stainless Steel                         Surflon Crimping Sleeves
                          Wire                                                          Who For—Anyone!!
                           Who For—Anyone!!                                            Features— Sleeves for use with Surflon
                           Features— Saves time by eliminating                          Nylon Coated Stainless steel picture
                            the wire winding process. To be                              wire. Wire Sizes correspond with
                            used with Surflon crimping sleeves.                          sleeve sizes. See table below for
                            Crimping the sleeves onto the wire                           corresponding sleeve
                            and making a loop makes the wire
                            virtually impossible to come apart
                            for a custom prof essional                            Wire Used         Qty      Code       Price
                            appearance.
                                                                   Crimp 1      Surflon Wire 1      100     361520     £3.50
                   Weight and        Qty      Code       Price
                    Length                                         Crimp 2      Surflon Wire 2      100     361521     £5.74
                                                                                     and 3
                                                                   Crimp 3      Surflon Wire 2      100     361522     £5.26
                                                                                     and 3
Wire 2 Nylon      14 kg 333 mtr         1    361516     £38.35
                                                                   Crimp 4      Surflon Wire 4      100     361523     £6.66
Wire 3 Nylon      18 kg 333 mtr         1    361517     £42.85
                                                                   Crimp 7      Surflon Wire 7      100     361524     £9.84
Wire 4 Nylon      27 kg 333 mtr         1    361518     £54.08

Wire 7 Nylon      45 kg 333 mtr         1    361519     £72.15            Polyester Cord—White
                                                                                         White Polyester Cord
   Frameware Plastic Coated Wire                                                          Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                          Features—White Polyester Picture
                                                                                           Cord
                Frameware Plastic Coated Wire
                 Who For—Anyone!!
                 Features— Longer Length plastic coated wire.                   Weight and         Qty      Code       Price
                  Resistant to the elements                                       Length
                                                                  Poly Cord 1   29.5 kg 200 mtr      1      101711     £5.66

               Weight /Length      Qty      Code       Price
                                                                  Poly Cord 2   54.5 kg 200 mtr      1      101712     £8.12
FW Plastic 1     7 kg 450 m         1       361525     £20.35
                                                                  Poly Cord 3   80 kg 200 mtr        1      101713     £11.17
FW Plastic 2     9 kg 335 m         1       361526     £20.35

FW Plastic 3    11 kg 255 m         1       361527     £20.35     Poly Cord 4   92.5 kg 200 mtr      1      101714     £15.00

FW Plastic 4    19 kg 150m          1       361528     £20.35     Poly Cord 5   116 kg 50 mtr        1      101715     £18.00



                     DON’T FORGET WE OFFER DISCOUNTS AS STANDARD ON ALL BULK ORDERS.

       REMEMBER WE SELL MOST ITEMS IN THE QUANTITIES YOU NEED. JUST LET US KNOW HOW MANY.

                   GREAT DISCOUNTS FOR BULK ORDERS. THE MORE YOU BUY THE LESS YOU PAY
Page 116




           To Order Call: 01530 836444
              sales@tabmasteruk.com




                             ArtiTeq Picture Hanging System



                             Picture hanging system at an affordable price. No
                                            more ruined walls
                                                                                                                           Page 117




                      ArtiTeq State of the Art Picture Hanging System

In 1995 Jan Van Boxtel took his years of experience in the framing industry and laid the foundation and the belief in picture hanging
systems. This dream over the last 13 years has led to ArtiTeq being one of the world leaders in picture hanging systems. With their
innovative designs and market leading products, there’s something for your Gallery, your home, your office or even for your children's
room, in fact you can use ArtiTeq anywhere you hang pictures. The highly affordable systems are easy and quickly installed to give an
attractive and modern finish to any location. Truly flexible, of high quality and totally user friendly.

Why not sell Arti-Teq in your Shop? For Distributor we offer attractive discount rates. Give us a ring for more details.

Due to the vast range of products in the Arti-Teq collection, we’ve chosen the best sellers for this Catalogue. However we do have a
Separate catalogue of the entire range of Arti-Teq products. The entire range includes

      Click Rail and Click Rail Pro
      Top Rail
      Classic and Classic Plus Rail
      Classic Up Rail
      Combi Rail
      8 Different perlon and steel wire hooks
      Wall Hooks
      Poster Systems for Children
      Display It—Office Display System
      Sales Stands, Demo cases and support systems.

So if there’s something you need and you can’t find it here please ask for a separate catalogue, there’s a good chance you’ll find what
you’re looking for in there.



                                               Click Rail Pro System
For the professional user who demands the looks
and qualities of the Click Rail system, however in                                              Size Colour      Kg        Code       Price
a heavier finish, which is easier and faster to
mount and offers the choice between 2 hanging                              Rail Pro Primer x1 2 m      White     50    11181       £10.82
options. The rail holds up to a maximum of 50 kg
where installed correctly.                                                 Rail Pro Primer x1 3 m      White     50    11182       £16.21

                                                                                                Size Colour      Kg        Code       Price
                                                                            Rail Pro Brushed    2m       Alu     50    11183       £10.82
                                                                                   x1
                                                                            Rail Pro Brushed    3m       Alu     50    11184       £16.21
                                                                                   x1

                                                                                                Size Colour Qty            Code       Price
                                                                              End Cap Pro              White      1    11185          £0.20

                                                                              End Cap Pro               Grey      1    11186          £0.20


                                                                                                Size Colour Qty            Code       Price
                                                                           Corner Connector            White      1    11187          £0.34

                                                                           Corner Connector             Grey      1    11188          £0.34



        FOR PERLON AND STEEL HANGERS PLEASE SEE OVER THE PAGE. FOR HOOKS PLEASE SEE PAGE 119
Page 118




                                                        Top Rail System
   Ideal for transforming your system ceilings into a
   virtually invisible picture hanging spot. As the rail is
   specially developed to fasten to the wooden side strip                                   Size Colour    Kg     Code      Price
   of the system ceiling, the decorations appear as if they
   are hanging straight from the ceiling. Also suitable for           Top Rail White x 1 2 m       White    20    11189     £4.07
   concrete ceilings. Maximum weight 20 kgs
                                                                      Top Rail White x 1 3 m       White    20   111810     £6.11


                                                                                            Size Colour    Kg     Code      Price
                                                                        Top Rail Alu x 1    2m     Alu      20   111811     £3.96

                                                                        Top Rail Alu x 1    3m     Alu      20   111812     £5.96


                                                                                            Size Colour    Kg     Code      Price
                                                                       Top Rail Black x 1          Black    20   111813     £3.96

                                                                       Top Rail Black x 1          Black    20   111814     £5.96


                             Click and Top Rail Perlon and Steel Hangers

                                          Slides in on the side of                                         Slides in on the side of
                                          the rail. Runs smoothly                                          the rail. Runs smoothly
                                          across. For use with                                             across. For use with
                                          Top Rail, Click Rail                                             Top Rail, Click Rail
                                          and Click rail Pro                                               and Click rail Pro



                         Size    Qty      Kg     Code         Price                         Size   Qty     Kg     Code      Price
    Perlon Slider 2 mm 1 m         1      20    111815        £1.21   Steel Slider 1.8 mm 1 m       1      20    111820     £2.18

    Perlon Slider 2 mm 1.5         1      20    111816        £1.32   Steel Slider 1.8 mm 1.5       1      20    111821     £2.64

    Perlon Slider 2 mm 2 m         1      20    111817        £1.43   Steel Slider 1.8 mm 2 m       1      20    111822     £3.04

    Perlon Slider 2 mm 2.5         1      20    111818        £1.54   Steel Slider 1.8 mm 2.5       1      20    111823     £3.46

    Perlon Slider 2 mm 3 m         1      20    111819        £1.61   Steel Slider 1.8 mm 3 m       1      20    111824     £3.64

                                          Clicks into the front of                                         Clicks into the front of
                                          the rail. For use with                                           the rail. For use with
                                          Top Rail, Click Rail                                             Top Rail, Click Rail
                                          and Click rail Pro                                               and Click rail Pro



                         Size    Qty      Kg     Code         Price                         Size   Qty     Kg     Code      Price
    Perlon Cobra 2mm 1 m           1      15    111825        £1.89   Steel Cobra 1.8mm 1 m         1      15    111830     £3.79

    Perlon Cobra 2mm 1.5           1      15    111826        £2.07   Steel Cobra 1.8mm     1.5     1      15    111831     £4.04

    Perlon Cobra 2mm 2 m           1      15    111827        £2.29   Steel Cobra 1.8mm 2 m         1      15    111832     £4.32

    Perlon Cobra 2mm 2.5           1      15    111828        £2.50   Steel Cobra 1.8mm     2.5     1      15    111833     £4.61

    Perlon Cobra 2mm 3 m           1      15    111829        £2.68   Steel Cobra 1.8mm 3 m         1      15    111834     £4.86
                                                                                                              Page 119




                                                 ArtiTeq Picture Hooks

A Wide variety of wall decorations and weight
                                                                                  Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
differences also require specialized picture hook s for
smart reliable suspension. ArtiTeq has picture hooks              Mini Hook       1          Perlon    4    111835   £0.50
for all of these different types of applications which
can be divided into self gripping hooks and hooks                                 Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
that need to be screwed manually
                                                                 Heavy Hook       1          Perlon    7    111836   £0.89

                                                                                  Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                 Heavy Brass      1          Perlon    7    111837   £0.89

                                                                                  Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                 Side Loader      1     Perlon / Steel 15   111838   £2.29

                                                                                  Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                Ratchet Hook      1     Perlon/Steel   15   111839   £1.86

                                                                                  Qty   Application    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                Loqqer Security   1     Perlon/Steel   15   111840   £2.75



                                                     Classic Rail System

The Classic Rail is a wall rail that is used primarily in                               Size Colour    Kg    Code    Price
galleries and at exhibitions, but is also suitable and
                                                                   Classic Rail Alu x 1 2 m     Alu    20   111841   £5.54
adaptable to fit into any modern interior. Thanks to
the open J-Shape design your decorations can be                    Classic Rail Alu x 1 3 m     Alu    20   111842   £8.29
easily switched and changed when every you feel the
need or for a new collection.                                                           Size Colour    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                   Classic Rail Wh x 1 2 m     White   20   111843   £5.18

                                                                   Classic Rail Wh x 1 3 m     White   20   111844   £7.79

                                                                                        Size    Qty    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                   Cylinder and slider 1m        1     15   111845   £1.54

                                                                   Cylinder and slider 2m        1     15   111846   £1.61

                                                                   Cylinder and slider 3m        1     15   111847   £1.75

                                                                                        Size    Qty    Kg    Code    Price
                                                                   U Top 3mm, Steel     1m       1     20   111848   £1.14

                                                                   U Top 3mm, Steel     2m       1     20   111849   £2.00

                                                                   U Top 3mm, Steel     3m       1     20   111850   £2.82

                                                                                        Size    Qty    Kg    Code    Price
                 Size   Colour     Kg     Code      Price          U Top 3mm,White 1m            1     20   111851   £1.14
Slide Spring    3mm      Inox      20    111854     £0.54          U Top 3mm,White 2m            1     20   118852   £2.00
Slide & Lip     3mm      Inox      10    111855     £0.57          U Top 3mm,White 3m            1     20   111853   £2.82
Page 120




                                                       Classic Plus Range

   The Classic Plus Range has been especially developed                                         Size Colour    Kg     Code      Price
   for the hanging of larger pictures and decorations up
   to 100 kg’s. A security hook is also available for those                 Classic+ Rail Wh 2 m       White   100 111856       £8.00
   works of art that need it and the decoration can easily
                                                                            Classic+ Rail Wh 3 m       White   100 111857 £12.00
   be swapped and changed if needed thanks to the J
   Shape
                                                                                                Size Colour    Kg     Code      Price
                                                                            Classic+ Rail Alu   2 m Alumin 100 111858           £7.79

                                                                            Classic+ Rail Alu   3 m Alumin 100 111859 £11.68

                                                                                                Size    Qty     Kg     Code      Price
                                                                            3mm S Bend Alu      1m       1      40   111871      £3.04

                                                                            3mm, S Bend Alu     2m       1      40   111872      £4.86

                                                                           3mm, S Bend Alu      2.5      1      40   111873      £5.75


                                         Size    Qty     Kg     Code    Price
                   U Top 3mm, Steel      1m 1White 100 111860           £6.11

                   U Top 3mm, Steel      1.5 1White 100 111861          £7.61

                   U Top 3mm, Steel      2m 1White 100 111862 £13.14

                                        Size     Qty     Kg     Code    Price                           Qty    Kg      Code      Price
                    Blocking Block     4mm        1            111863   £1.32    Clamp Hook Al 4mm       1     40    111867      £1.32

                   Anti Theft Hook 4mm            1       60   111864   £3.82    Clamp Hook St 4mm       1     60    111868      £2.57

                    Blocking Sleeve               1            111865   £4.39    Clamp Hook St 4mm       1     100   111869      £3.86

                       Hex Key                    1            111866   £0.68   Ant Theft Hook 4mm       1     100   111870      £5.50


                                  Other Ranges in the Separate Catalogue

                               The Combi Rail is a specially                                            Display—It is a spanned wire
                               patented design where artwork and                                        system, ideal for your office or
                               decoration can be hung and lighted.                                      workspac e. Ideal for decora-
                               Easily placed anywhere on the rail the                                   tion or where advertisements
                               subtle light shining onto your artwork                                   need to change regularly, like
                               makes this a must have for any gallery                                   in your shop or store windows




                                                                                                        Whether you pref er a self sell-
                              The poster sy stem and Klick frame                                        ing sales display or want to
                              offer a great way to hand posters,                                        give your customer personal
                              drawings memos and advertising                                            explanations about the various
                              material. Try the poster snap for                                         hanging systems there are
                              exhibition or hanging signage in your                                     great ideas for you to sell in
                              workshop                                                                  your store
                                                                   Page 121




To Order Call: 01530 836444
   sales@tabmasteruk.com




               Canvas Stretching, Canvas, Fine Art
                         and Software



                     Affordable and Quality stretching tools and
                                    accessories
Page 122




                    The New Quickmate Family

                                          The Original Quickmate
                    The Original Quickmate was born from the need to provide simple canvas stretching to
                    people with little or no experience and to offer the framing world an affordable, quick way
                    to stretch their canvas without sc rimping on quality. The Quickmate Original is 34 Inches
                    long and can stretch canvas from 14 inches to 34 inches with ease. You can stretch up to
                    40 Inches with this tool, however with the new range we recommend the Quickmate Plus
                    for larger sizes and the Elite for enormous frames! With little practise even the most nov-
                    ice of user can stretch a canvas in under five minutes (The record is 1 min 54 seconds, by
                    the way!). For frame sizes smaller than 14 Inches, we recommend the Quickmate
                    Compact. The Quickmate Original (And all the Quickmate Family) can stretch most
 Price: £299.00
                    substrates and grips with its worldwide patented clamping system. The Quickmate
 Order #: 09191
                    Original uses very little space and can easily be stowed away after use, so you can make the
                    most of your work shop spac e.



                                          The Quickmate Compact
                    The Quickmate Compact measures 34 Inches, which on the outset looks the same as the
                    Quickmate Original, However there are a few important differences with the Compact.
                    Following the phenomenal success of the Quickmate Original we were asked to make
                    something that could stretch smaller frames, but with the same ease and efficiency. The
                    Quickmate compact comes with 2 smaller half size top plates and has the strap and the
                    ratchet deeply embedded on the bottom plate instead of protruding out. This enables the
                    bottom plates to close together and so a 7 inch stretch is now possible. The Quickmate
                    Compact can stretc h from 7 inches to 34+ inches. As with all the Quickmate family this
                    Quickmate can stretch most substrates and uses very little space and can be easily stowed
   Price: £266.00
                    away after use
   Order #: 09192


                                              The Quickmate Plus
                    The Quickmate Plus is 1.2 meters in length and is our most adaptable Quickmate. The
                    base plate is one continuous plate of 1.2 meters in length, however comes with a standard
                    top plate and one half top plate. This allows you to use it as a Quickmate original or
                    extend for a larger 1.2 meter stretc h. This Quickmate is our most eagerly awaited
                    Quickmate and will be ideal for large format printers and those who have larger canvas’s
 Price: £399.99     to stretch. The Quickmate Plus can stretch from 14 inches to            inches and again can
 Order #: 09193     stretch most substrates. It may be slightly bigger but is still easy to stow after use




                                              The Quickmate Elite
                    Our largest Quickmate ever. A whopping 1.6 meter plate with 2 standard Quickmate top
                    plates make this Quickmate customisable and effective as the biggest manual canvas
                    stretching tool in the world. We’ve added 2 extra ratc hets and straps for stability but in
                    general only the middle strap is needed for stretching. Ideal for massive canvas’s and larger
 Price: £449.00     more awkward stretc hing. The Quickmate Elite can stretch canvas’s from 14 inches up to
 Order #: 09194     inches and despite its enormous size can be stood up and stowed away quite easily in the
                    workshop.
                                                                                                 Page 123




                                Stretcher Bar Range

                        Size         Quality       Quality        Quality      Standard          Basic
                         In       Tulip Wood       Obeche      Scandinavian      Pine          Chinese
                       Inches       Chunky        Chunky       Pine Chunky     Stretcher       Stretcher
                                    Stretcher     Stretcher      Stretcher        Bar            Bars
                                   (Pack of 2)   (Pack of 2)    (Pack of 2)   (Pack of 20)   (Pack of 20)
                     Dimensions    32 mm x        32 mm x        32 mm x       18 mm x        18 mm x
Quality Tulip Wood                  57 mm          57 mm          57 mm         32 mm          40 mm
  Order #: 39191         7           N/A            N/A           N/A            N/A            8.00
  plus size
                         8           N/A            N/A           N/A            11.10          9.43
                         9           N/A            N/A           N/A            N/A            10.57
                         10          N/A            N/A           N/A            13.87          11.71
                         11          N/A            N/A           N/A            15.26          12.86
                         12          N/A            N/A           N/A            16.87          14.00
  Quality Obeche         13          N/A            N/A           N/A            N/A            15.43
  Order #: 39192         14          6.30           6.30           4.90          19.41          16.57
  plus size
                         15          6.75           6.75           5.25          21.04          17.71
                         16          7.20           7.20           5.60          21.72          18.86
                         17          7.65           7.65           5.95          N/A            20.00
                         18          8.10           8.10           6.30          N/A            21.43
                         19          8.55           8.55           6.65          N/A            22.00
 Quality Scan Pine
                         20          9.00           9.00           7.00          27.50          22.57
  Order #: 39193
  plus size              22          9.90           9.90           7.70          N/A            24.86
                         24          10.80         10.80           8.40          33.28          27.43
                         26          11.70         11.70           9.10          N/A            29.71
                         28          12.60         12.60           9.80          N/A            32.57
                         30          13.50         13.50          10.50          41.37          35.71
                         32          14.40         14.40          11.20          N/A            39.14
   Standard Pine
                         34          15.30         15.30          11.90          N/A            42.00
  Order #: 19191
  plus size              36          16.20         16.20          12.60          49.23          45.14
                         38          17.10         17.10          13.30          N/A            48.57

                         40          18.00         18.00          14.00          55.70          52.29
                         42          18.90         18.90          14.70          N/A            55.71
                         44          19.80         19.80          15.40          N/A            59.43

   Basic Chinese         46          20.70         20.70          16.10          N/A            63.14

  Order #: 40191         48          21.60         21.60          16.80          67.48          66.57
  plus size              50          22.50         22.50          17.50          N/A            70.86
                         60          27.00         27.00          21.00          83.20          91.71
                         72          32.40         32.40          25.20          N/A           120.00

  OUR QUALITY RANGE OF THE ABOVE STRETCHER BAR CAN BE CUSTOM MADE TO YOUR SPECIFIC
REQUIREMENTS TO THE NEAREST MILLIMETER. PLEASE ASK FOR A QUOTE SHOULD YOU WANT SPECIFIC
Page 124




                           Stretcher Bar, Canvas and Accessory Range

               Stretcher Shapes                                                           Stretcher Pliers

                        Stretcher Shapes                                                              Stretcher Pliers
                         Who For—Anyone!!                                                             Who For—Anyone!!
                         Features—Make exciting stretcher bar                                         Features—A standard pair of
                          shapes for 3D images and a touch of                                           stretcher pliers for canvas
                          class and modern finishing to any                                             stretching
                          stretcher project. Mix and match to               Price: £21.00
                          create an endless array of shapes similar         Order #: 19192
                          to the ones on this page. An idea of
                          Prices are below.—Obec he Wood.
                         Octagon 10” Lengths—£44.00
                                                                                 Giclee Brush and Spray
                         Parallelogram 20” x 10” - £44.00
                         Trapezoid 11” x 16” x 11” x 32” -                                        Tabmaster Giclee Varnish
                          £44.00                                                                    Who For—Anyone!!
                         Isosceles Triangle 18” x 18” x 12” -                                      Features—Dries in 20 minute none
                          £25.00                                                                     yellowing canvas Varnish to protect
                         Equilateral triangle 14” x 14” x 14” -                                     and preserve your printed artwork
                          £25.00
                         Pentagon 10” Lengths—£30.00                 Mat Finish. 1 ltr Tub                           Price: £16.95
                         Hexagon 10” Lengths—£34.00                   Matt Finish Giclee Varnish                    Order #: 41191

                        Please ask us for a quote on specific sizes   Gloss Finish. 1 ltr Tub                         Price: £16.95
                        you require - Code 39194 + Type                Gloss Finish Giclee Varnish                   Order #: 41192

                                                                      Spray Varnish 400ml                             Price: £9.95
                                                                       Satin type finish in a spray form             Order #: 41193

                   Permajet Range of Canvas and Spray protection

  Canvas Semi Gloss 360 GSM Roll                                             Canvas Matt 400 GSM Roll

                 Canvas Semi Gloss 360 GSM Roll                                           Canvas Matt 400 GSM Roll
                  Who For—Anyone!!                                                        Who For—Anyone!!
                  Features—Stretchable semi gloss canvas                                  Features—Stretchable Matt canvas, natural
                   with an excellent colour gamut. 100%                                     white and none cracking with a 100%
                   cotton that does not yellow or crack, dye                                cotton base. Smooth and water resistant.
                   and pigment compatible. Comes in 4                                       Designed for fine art and inkjet printing.
                   different sized rolls for convenience, see                               Comes in 4 different sized rolls for
                   below for prices                                                         convenience, see below for prices


            Roll Size          Size     Code       Price                          Roll Size         Size    Code      Price
            13” Roll            6m     14194      £51.02

            17” Roll           12m     14195     £106.34                          17” Roll          12m     14199    £119.96

            24” Roll           12m     14196     £144.64                          24” Roll          12m     141910 £185.95

            44” Roll           12m     14197     £251.87                          44” Roll          12m     141911 £305.95


     WE ALSO STOCK PERMAJETS RANGE OF PAPER AND ECO FLOW SYSTEMS. PLEASE ASK US FOR THE NEW
                                     PERMAJET CATALOGUE
                                                                                                           Page 125




                    Permajet Range of Canvas and Spray protection

            Permajet Permafix                                               Permajet Permaseal

                  Permafix                                                        Permaseal
                   Who For—Anyone!!                                               Who For—Anyone!!
                   Features—This is a fast drying Matt spray                      Features—A clear non-yellowing high UV
                    that will UV protect and waterproof inks                        protection spray, that adds saturation,
                    on fine art papers. 300ml can                                   increases colour density and improves
                                                                                    abrasion resistance
                     Price: £6.95
                     Order #: 14191                                                Price: £12.72
                                                                                   Order #: 14192

                                                                                  FREE ICC PROFILES
                 Permajet Re-Tac                                                   Who For—Anyone!!
                                                                                   Features—Do you have trouble matc hing
                                                                                    the image on your monitor to what comes
                  Re-Tac                                                            out of your printer? Bespoke ICC profiling
                   Who For—Anyone!!                                                for printer or photographers both amateur
                   Features—This is a specially formulated,                        and professional alike. Permajet send you
                    continuously repositionable adhesive                            a target file from their website
                    mounting spray that can also be used to                         www.permajet.com. Print out the target
                    create a cleaning sheet for your printer                        file, post it and they send you the perfect
                                                                                    profiles
                   Price: £6.95
                   Order #: 14193                                                 WHAT COULD BE SIMPLER! !!



                            On One Software—Photoshop Plug-In’s

            On One Essentials.                                           On One Plug-In Suite 3

               On One Essentials                                                  On One Plug-In Suite 3
                Site of programmes for Photoshop                                  Includes full versions of Genuine Fractals
                 elements. Collection of 4 essential tools to                       (Revolutionary picture enlargement
                 help correct colour and brightness, cut                            software), Mask Pro (for removing
                 someone out and then add them to                                   backgrounds), Photo Frame (for border
                 another picture, add creative borders and                          effects), Intellihance Pro (for image
Price: £36.12    enlarge your pictures. Built in tutorials      Price: £241.00      optimisation and a bonus free download
Order #: 14191   make this software easy to use. Beginner       Order #: 14193      of Phototune. Works with Photoshop CS2
                                                                                    and CS3

      On One Photo Frame Pro                                    Individual copy of Genuine Fractals           Price: £96.38
                                                                 Picture enlargement software                Order #: 14193
                  On One Photo Frame Pro
                                                                Individual copy of Mask Pro                   Price: £96.38
                   Add realistic film and darkroom edge
                                                                 Background removal tool                     Order #: 14193
                    effects to your images. Upload your
                    mouldings and display for the customer to
                    see. Also allows you to stack multiple      Individual copy of Photo Tools                Price: £96.38
                    frames and mountboard colours to show        Image Optimisation tool                     Order #: 14193
                    your customers a truly finished frame.
                    Over 4,000 professionally created edge      Individual copy of Phototune                  Price: £78.30
Price: £156.64      effects pre loaded.                          Image correction and tune up tool           Order #: 14193
Order #: 14193
Page 126




                                                   Index Of Products
  3m Sprays                               91   Gl oves                               99   Pressure Sensiti ve Laminates      59-61
  ABAC Compressors                        34   Gl ue                             87-91    Print Bags                            97
  Acryl ic Panel s                        62   Gl ue Machines                   87-89     Printing                        121-124
  Air Fil ters                            16   Gl uefast                             88   Pro-Air Compressors                    36
  Air Fitti ngs                          37    Gunnar Bl ades                       73    Pro-Joiner Logan                      30
  Al famacc hine S aws                   8-9   Gunnar Cl amps                       73    Push Mate Frame Co                    28
  Aquil ine Und erl ay                   73    Gunnar CMC                           73    PVA                                   90
  Arrow                                   46   Hand Dispenser                       97    Quickmate                           122
  Art Deckl e                             82   Hanger Machi nes                 48-49     Quickmate F amil y                   122
  Arti-teq                         117-120     Hangers                        105-112     Refrigeratio n Dryers ABAC            35
  ATG Tape                               95    Hangi ng Systems                   117     Rel ease Pap er                       56
  Backing bo ard                      65-71    Hansen                               13    Rigid tabs                         39-41
  Bambi Compressors                       33   Hardware                       101-112     Rings                                104
  Benchmaster                            28    Harwi Saws                        10-11    Sander                                15
  Bl ades Al fa                            9   Heat S eal Lami nates             55-56    Sander Lo gan                         13
  Bl ades Cassese                          7   Hinges                         105-112     Saw Tooth H angers                   108
  Bl ades Morso                           12   Hooks                              106     Saws                                5-15
  Bl ades Omga                           14    Hooks Arti-teq                     119     Saws Cross Cut                         11
  Bl ank Coaster and tabl e mats         63    Hot Press                        50-63     Saws Logan                            13
  Brad Guns                           44-46    Jetmounter                           52    Saws Omga                             14
  Bubbl e Wrap                            97   Jumbo Tabs                           41    Scoremaster                            76
  Canvas Bondi ng                        57    Kidney Pl ates                      102    Screw Eyes                           104
  Canvas Gl oss 100% Cotton             124    Lami nates Heat                  55-56     Screws                           111-112
  Canvas Matt 100% Cotto n              124    Lami nates Pressure               59-61    Scroll Cl ips                        102
  Canvas Stretchi ng               121-124     Lion Ul timo                         69    Sel f Adhesive S trikeboard           63
  Cardboard Corners                       97   Logan Adapt-a-rul e                   81   Senator                                87
  Cassese Saws                           6-7   Logan Art Deckl e                    82    Singl e Mitre Saws                    14
  Cassese stapl e guns                    46   Logan Bl ades                         81   Sl ip Over Hangers                   109
  Cassese tab/fl exi drivers              41   Logan dual driver                    42    Soft Strand                          114
  Cl assic Pl us Hanging System         120    Logan F301s                           77   Software                            125
  Cl assic Rail Hanging System          119    Logan Handhel d mountcutters         79    Sol o Gl ue Ritter                    88
  Cl eaning                          99-100    Logan Mountcutters                77-81    Speedmo unt                           69
  Cl ick Rail pro                        117   Logan Simpl ex                       78    Stapl e Comparrison char t            45
  Cl ips                                 102   Magnetic Sheeting                    63    Stapl e Guns                       44-46
  Coil Feed Hangers                      48    Manual stapl er                      46    Strap Cl amps                         29
  Col onel Gl uer                         87   Masking tape                         94    Strap Hangers                       105
  Col ourmount                        65-69    Matboard                          65-71    Stretch Wrap                          97
  Compressors                         32-37    Matcutting                        72-85    Stretcher Bar Shap es                124
  Cord                              114-115    Mathesi ve                           88    Stretcher Bars                       123
  Corner Cl amps                          29   MDF                               65-71    Stretcher Pl ier s                   124
  Craquel ure                             89   Minigraf                         23-25     Studio Jo iner Lo gan                 30
  Crimping Sl eeves                    115     Mirror Corners                      110    Supertap e                            93
  CS79 Hanging kit                       49    Mitre Trimmer                        15    Swivel hinges                        110
  D Rings                               105    Morso                                 12   T220 Tab Gun                          39
  Designer II                            76    Morso EH                              12   Tab Guns                           39-42
  Doubl e Sided Tape                     96    Morso F                               12   Tabmaster Tab G uns                   39
  Dry Mount Tissue                       53    Mount Fil m (Heat activated)         54    Tacking Iron                          61
  Dust Extrac tion                       16    Mount Fil m (Pressure)               59    Tape                               93-96
  Dust Remo val System                   61    Mountboard                       65-71     Toggl e Press                         49
  ECO Tape                                93   Mountboard T abmaster Range      70-71     Top Rail                             118
  Envirogol d                            76    Mountcutters                      72-85    Transparency mount fil m               62
  Fine Ar t                        121-124     MPP Canvas                            57   Triangl e Hangers                    104
  Fl etcher 2200                         74    Mul e and Whip                      61     Turnbutto ns                         102
  Fl etcher 3100                         75    Nikkema l ong nose stapl er          46    Ul timo Mount fil ing system          69
  Fl etcher Bl ades                       75   Nyl on Coated Wire             114-115     Underpi nner Al fa Comp arison        27
  Fl etcher fl exi/gl azier guns         40    Omer Brad guns                        44   Underpi nner Al famacc hine       23-25
  Fl etcher Mat mate oval cutter         75    Omer stapl e guns                    44    Underpi nner Cassese               18-20
  Fl etcher Oval Cutter                  74    Omer Stapl es                        44    Underpi nner Cassese Comparison       22
  Fl exi Framer                          42    Omer Tab Gun                         39    Underpi nners                      17-31
  Fl exi Tabs (Points)                39-41    On One Software                    125     Underpi nners Cassese              18-20
  Fl exipoint Guns                    39-42    Overal l s                            99   V Nail s Al famacchi ne               26
  Foam and Foil Hot press                 62   Packaging                            97    V Nail s Cassese                       21
  Foam Centred Board                     63    Panel Cutter Ingl et                  15   V Nail s Taurus JPW/PNU               31
  Foamboard                              69    Panel Cutters (Ind ustrial )          10   Vacuum Press                           51
  Frameco Bl ades                        85    Perl on hangi ng               117-120     Wedges Al famacchi ne                 26
  FrameCo Mountcutters                83-85    Permagrip adhesive                   90    Wedges Cassese                         21
  Framemaster                            40    Photomo unt                          91    Wedges FrameCo                         29
  Framing So ftw are                    125    Picture hook Pins                  111     Wedges Logan                          30
  Gicl ee Brush and Sprays         124-125     Picture Hooks                      111     Wedges Taurus JPW/PNU                 31
  Gil ders Paste                        127    Piercing tool                         54   Wire                            114-115
  Gl ass Cl eaner                         99   Pl astic Coated Wire           114-115     Wire Hangi ng                   117-120
  Gl ass Cutters                          76   Pl ates                             103    Z Cl ips                             102
                                                                                                                  Page 127




                                      Baroque Arts—Gilders Paste

                                                       Gilders Paste—Put your old mouldings back in the picture
                                                        Who For—Anyone!!
                                                       Features—Looking for a unique way to highlight, colour, restore or enhance
                                                       your old mouldings. Looking for someway to hide unsightly moulding cuts
                                                       and chips to your finished frames ? Look no further. Gilders Paste offers a
                                                       collection of highly concentrated colourful metallic and coloured wax
                                                       based pastes that can easily be applied to any project. In 28 different
                                                       colours, gilders paste can be MIXED AND MATCHED TO PROVIDE
                                                       AN ENDLESS COLOUR PALLETTE. You can apply with your finger, a
                                                       soft brush, a sponge or a cloth. Use a circular motion or let you
                                                       imagination run wild to determine your final touch or finish. Gilders paste
                                                       can be layered on top of one and other too, to let a creative spark pass
                                                       through your finished piece.

                                                       What’s more the unique formula is designed so that it DOES NOT FADE.
                                                       Even in the outdoors! And if your worried that if you leave the lid off your
                                                       tin you’ll have to throw it away, worry no longer. By just adding a few drops
                                                       of white spirit and mixing with a pallet knife (a normal knife is fine!) or
                                                       mixing stick you can rejuvenate the paste to use again and again. The same
                                                       goes if you have used too much. Simply put it back in the tin until the next
                                                       time...SIMPLE!

                                                       With Gilders Paste the possibilities are endless. Just try adding more white
                                                       spirit and mixing, you can create a THICK PASTE or even A DILUTE
                                                       WASH to co on your frames or medium making it simple to apply with a
                                                       brush.

                                                       Gilders Paste only takes between 5 Minutes to 60 minutes TO DRY.
                                                       Depending on the amount used. So your not wasting days until you can
                                                       start work again! When its dry, to give it a shine simply buff with a soft
                                                       cloth. The metallic range will give you a great gilded finish, that the
                                                       professionals will be proud of.

                                                       For a permanent seal use a UV solvent based clear lacquer (Permaseal
                                                       works well) , Varnish, acrylic or clear powder coating. This also give a
                                                       uniform appearance where the paste was and was not used.

                                                       Gilders paste comes in 2 sized tins 27 ml which covers approximately 30sq
                                                       ft and 92 ml which covers approximately 100 sq ft.

                                                       Easily remove a mistake—Si mply wash area immediately with white spirit,
                                                       dry and start again…..si mple as that!

                                                       USES—Use Gilders Paste on -

                                                       Metal— Wrought Iron, Steel, Aluminium, Alloys etc
                                                       Wood—Mouldings, Railings, Furniture, frames, mitre joins etc
                                                       Ceramics—Planters, Terra Cotta
                                                       Wax—Candles etc
                                                       Resins—Plastics, Castings etc
                                                       Gourds


27 ml Tin                    Price: £4.99                   92 ml Tin                     Price: £9.99
 27 Ml tin. Price per tin   Order #: 42211 + Colour         27 Ml tin. Price per tin    Order #: 42212 + Colour

All Colours 28 tins          Price: £125.75                 All Colours 28 Tins           Price: £251.75
 27 Ml tin.                 Order #: 42213                  92 ml Tin                   Order #: 42214
Page 128




                                                                               www.tabmaster.co.uk

                                                                              Buy directly from the site.

                                                                              Videos of top selling machines.

                                                                              Easy to navigate and use, no messy
                                                                               logins!

                                                                              Broad range of items easily
                                                                               searchable and clearly explained



                                                                                DEMONSTRATION DATES FOR
          Tabmaster are one of the UK’s largest and most
           reputable Picture Frame Equipment Suppliers
                                                                                      YOUR DIARY.

          Go Online with Total Security                                          Hot Press Demonstrations :-
          No Multiple choice phone numbers. Straight through
           to a real person.                                                     Come along to our Hot Press
                                                                                product demonstration days at
          Buy your way—Your agreed prices on the internet.
           Your prices by fax, your prices on the phone.                        our offices. The demonstrations
                                                                                   last all day and lunch and
          Get the personal service. Talk to the same person if                   Refreshments are provided.
           you want.

          Open 8:30—5:30 Mon—Fri—Deliveries go out every                                       Dates are
           week day. Get your delivery tomorrow!!!!
                                                                                          March 25th 2008
                       National Distribution Centre.
                                                                                            June 2nd 2008
  Our national distribution centre in Coalville is ready to help you at any-
  time. We’ve also recently opened our new demonstration centre. Why not
  come along and try before you buy? We’ve got saws, underpinners,                        August 21st 2008
  choppers, Hot press machines, Gunnar mount cutters, printers, canvas
  stretchers……..everything that you would potentially use as a framer or
  printer. There’s no obligation to buy, we just want you to make an              Hosted by the world famous
  informed choice about the mac hinery or equipment you want to purchase.       Steve Goodall, you’ll get all the
                                                                               information you need on dry and
                             Tabmaster Uk Ltd                                   hot mounting and much, much
                             Unit 2—Ash Court,                                              more.
                               Walker Road,                                        Infotainment at its best!!!
                                  Bardon,
                                 Coalville,
                                LE67 4HX                                        Download a booking form direct
                              01530 836444                                       from the Hot Press Web site

                                                                                        www.hotpress.co.uk

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:332
posted:6/22/2009
language:English
pages:128